Zoneomics Logo
search icon

Landover Hills City Zoning Code

PART 27

6 DEVELOPMENT STANDARDS

Sec. 27-6500 Landscaping

All development shall comply with the requirements of the Prince George’s County Landscape Manual, which is incorporated herein by reference, and made a part of this Ordinance with the same force and effect as the regulations set forth herein.

27-6101. Purpose and Intent

The purpose of this Section is to clearly identify the development standards of this Part which would apply to development within the County. The standards of this Part establish a consistent design and placemaking framework to ensure quality in future development and redevelopment. This Section identifies global exemptions from the development standards and incorporates an applicability table that directs users of this Zoning Ordinance to the development standards that apply, depending on the type of development proposed.

27-6102. Additional Development Standards

  • (a)
    In addition to the general applicability of the development standards specified in Table 27-6104: Applicability of Development Standards, below, each Section within this Part may contain additional applicability requirements or exemptions. Furthermore, development within the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base zones and Planned Development zones is subject to Section 27-4204(b), Standards Applicable to all Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base Zones. Each Planned Development zone is also subject to the Other Standards associated with that Planned Development zone as specified in Section 27-4300, Planned Development Zones.
  • (b)
    Where the general standards within this Part conflict with specific use standards specified in this Subtitle, the standards applicable to the specific use shall apply.
  • 27-6103. General Exemptions

    The following types of development are exempt from PART 27-6: Development Standards, but shall comply with any other pertinent requirements of this Subtitle, including, but not limited to, any use-specific standards which may apply to a use and the dimensional and intensity standards which may apply to a zone:

    1. (a)
      Temporary use permits issued in accordance with Section 27-3607, Temporary Use Permit;
    2. (b)
      Permits for interior or exterior alteration or rehabilitation of a building with no increase in the gross floor area;
    3. (c)
    4. (d)
      Resurfacing or restriping existing parking and loading facilities;
    5. (e)
      The construction or extension of any utility service line or facility;
    6. (f)
      Grading permits that result in 5,000 square feet or less of disturbance; or
    7. (g)
      Permits of a minor nature, which currently consist of the following:
      1. (1)
        Boilers and/or mechanical equipment located inside buildings.
      2. (2)
        Replacement and installation of windows and pedestrian doors, excluding bay, bow, and commercial customer service windows.
      3. (3)
        Replacement in kind and/or removal of underground tanks (water, gas, or oil) except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area.
      4. (4)
        Building siding without expansion of exterior walls or increase of gross floor area.
      5. (5)
        Roofing and weatherproofing without increasing the height of the building.
      6. (6)
        Interior alteration of one-, two-, and three-family dwelling units with no change in use.
      7. (7)
        Restoration of single-family detached dwellings after fire or flood damage, or repair of general deterioration, including pedestrian entrances, with no expansion of exterior walls or roof.
      8. (8)
        Removal of interior partitions with no change of use.
      9. (9)
        All interior life-safety improvements, exterior life-safety improvements with no expansion of exterior walls or roof, and fire escapes and other means of emergency egress, all with no change in use.
      10. (10)
        Alterations or additions which are being made in order to comply with the Maryland Accessibility Code, (Maryland Building Code for the Handicapped, Code of Maryland Regulations, Section 05.02.02) except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area.
      11. (11)
        Trailers used exclusively by the County Police Department in commercial parking lots for which the permit shall automatically expire when the trailer is vacated by the Police Department.
      12. (12)
        Commercial and residential satellite dishes not exceeding 18 inches in diameter.
      13. (13)
        Steps and ground level patios (except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area).
      14. (14)
        Sheds that do not otherwise require a building permit except within the Chesapeake Bay Critical Area.
      15. (15)
        All stadium wayfinding signs located within parking areas at a stadium.

    (CB-068-2022) 

    27-6104. Applicability of Development Standards

    Table 27-6104: Applicability of Development Standards, identifies the development standards Sections that apply to development activities in the County. When a Section is identified as applicable, the proposed development shall comply with the standards of that Section. Where the general standards within this Division conflict with specific use standards specified in this Subtitle, the standards applicable to the specific use shall apply. Refer to Section 27-6105, Timing of Review, to determine when the development standards apply to, and are reviewed with, the proposed development. Development thresholds identified in the table are cumulative from the initial approved development. For example, a nonresidential building originally approved for 50,000 square feet of gross floor area may expand to a total of 74,999 square feet, after which any additional future expansions subject the building to the 50 percent expansion threshold and compliance with additional development standards.

    Table 27-6104: Applicability of Development Standards
    ✔ = Section Applies
    Development ThresholdRoadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation
    (Sec. 27-6200)
    Off-Street Parking and Loading (Sec. 27-6300)Open Space Set-Asides (Sec. 27-6400)Land-scaping (Sec. 27-6500)Fences and Walls (Sec. 27-6600)Exterior Lighting (Sec. 27-6700)Environ-mental Protection and Noise Controls
    (Sec. 27-6800)
    Multi-family, Town-house, and Three-Family Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-6903)Non-residential and Mixed-Use Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61000)Indu-strial Form and Design Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61100)
    Neighbor-hood Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61200)
    Agri-cultural Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61300)
    Urban Agri-culture Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61403)
    Signage (Sec. 27-61500)Green Building Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61600)
    Preliminary plan of subdivision (minor or major) pursuant to Subtitle 24 of the County Code Refer to Landscape Manual Appli-cability
    Section 1.1
    Refer to Section 27-6601, Appli-cability  Refer to Section 27-61502, ApplicabilityRefer to Section 27-61600, Green Building Standards
    Construction of a new single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of an existing single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling          
    Construction of a new multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwelling  
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more       
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent         
    Construction of any other type of dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of any other type of dwelling       
    Construction of any nonresidential or mixed-use building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Construction of any industrial building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Issuance of an initial use and occupancy permit for a building        
    Issuance of a use and occupancy permit for uses which are not associated with buildings or where there is no building on the subject property.       
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in no increase to the intensity of the use          
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in an increase to the intensity of the use       
    Any development associated with a grading permit          
    Conversion of office building(s) to residential dwellings       
    Issuance of a building permit for buildings or structures not otherwise identified in this table. (1)
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      If a building permit is the only application needed for a proposed development prior to construction, the building permit will be reviewed for compliance with all Sections of this Part as may be applicable. If a building permit is submitted subsequent to a preceding development approval, the building permit application will be checked for compliance with any conditions of approval that may be established by the preceding approvals.
    Table 27-6104: Applicability of Development Standards
    ✔ = Section Applies
    Development ThresholdRoadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation
    (Sec. 27-6200)
    Off-Street Parking and Loading (Sec. 27-6300)Open Space Set-Asides (Sec. 27-6400)Land-scaping (Sec. 27-6500)Fences and Walls (Sec. 27-6600)Exterior Lighting (Sec. 27-6700)Environ-mental Protection and Noise Controls
    (Sec. 27-6800)
    Multi-family, Town-house, and Three-Family Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-6903)Non-residential and Mixed-Use Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61000)Indu-strial Form and Design Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61100)
    Neighbor-hood Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61200)
    Agri-cultural Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61300)
    Urban Agri-culture Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61403)
    Signage (Sec. 27-61500)Green Building Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61600)
    Preliminary plan of subdivision (minor or major) pursuant to Subtitle 24 of the County Code Refer to Landscape Manual Appli-cability
    Section 1.1
    Refer to Section 27-6601, Appli-cability  Refer to Section 27-61502, ApplicabilityRefer to Section 27-61600, Green Building Standards
    Construction of a new single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of an existing single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling          
    Construction of a new multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwelling  
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more       
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent         
    Construction of any other type of dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of any other type of dwelling       
    Construction of any nonresidential or mixed-use building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Construction of any industrial building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Issuance of an initial use and occupancy permit for a building        
    Issuance of a use and occupancy permit for uses which are not associated with buildings or where there is no building on the subject property.       
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in no increase to the intensity of the use          
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in an increase to the intensity of the use       
    Any development associated with a grading permit          
    Conversion of office building(s) to residential dwellings       
    Issuance of a building permit for buildings or structures not otherwise identified in this table. (1)
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      If a building permit is the only application needed for a proposed development prior to construction, the building permit will be reviewed for compliance with all Sections of this Part as may be applicable. If a building permit is submitted subsequent to a preceding development approval, the building permit application will be checked for compliance with any conditions of approval that may be established by the preceding approvals.
    Table 27-6104: Applicability of Development Standards
    ✔ = Section Applies
    Development ThresholdRoadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation
    (Sec. 27-6200)
    Off-Street Parking and Loading (Sec. 27-6300)Open Space Set-Asides (Sec. 27-6400)Land-scaping (Sec. 27-6500)Fences and Walls (Sec. 27-6600)Exterior Lighting (Sec. 27-6700)Environ-mental Protection and Noise Controls
    (Sec. 27-6800)
    Multi-family, Town-house, and Three-Family Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-6903)Non-residential and Mixed-Use Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61000)Indu-strial Form and Design Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61100)
    Neighbor-hood Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61200)
    Agri-cultural Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61300)
    Urban Agri-culture Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61403)
    Signage (Sec. 27-61500)Green Building Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61600)
    Preliminary plan of subdivision (minor or major) pursuant to Subtitle 24 of the County Code Refer to Landscape Manual Appli-cability
    Section 1.1
    Refer to Section 27-6601, Appli-cability  Refer to Section 27-61502, ApplicabilityRefer to Section 27-61600, Green Building Standards
    Construction of a new single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of an existing single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling          
    Construction of a new multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwelling  
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more       
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent         
    Construction of any other type of dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of any other type of dwelling       
    Construction of any nonresidential or mixed-use building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Construction of any industrial building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Issuance of an initial use and occupancy permit for a building        
    Issuance of a use and occupancy permit for uses which are not associated with buildings or where there is no building on the subject property.       
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in no increase to the intensity of the use          
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in an increase to the intensity of the use       
    Any development associated with a grading permit          
    Conversion of office building(s) to residential dwellings       
    Issuance of a building permit for buildings or structures not otherwise identified in this table. (1)
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      If a building permit is the only application needed for a proposed development prior to construction, the building permit will be reviewed for compliance with all Sections of this Part as may be applicable. If a building permit is submitted subsequent to a preceding development approval, the building permit application will be checked for compliance with any conditions of approval that may be established by the preceding approvals.
    Table 27-6104: Applicability of Development Standards
    ✔ = Section Applies
    Development ThresholdRoadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation
    (Sec. 27-6200)
    Off-Street Parking and Loading (Sec. 27-6300)Open Space Set-Asides (Sec. 27-6400)Land-scaping (Sec. 27-6500)Fences and Walls (Sec. 27-6600)Exterior Lighting (Sec. 27-6700)Environ-mental Protection and Noise Controls
    (Sec. 27-6800)
    Multi-family, Town-house, and Three-Family Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-6903)Non-residential and Mixed-Use Form and Design Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61000)Indu-strial Form and Design Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61100)
    Neighbor-hood Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61200)
    Agri-cultural Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61300)
    Urban Agri-culture Compat-ibility Stand-ards
    (Sec. 27-61403)
    Signage (Sec. 27-61500)Green Building Stand-ards (Sec. 27-61600)
    Preliminary plan of subdivision (minor or major) pursuant to Subtitle 24 of the County Code Refer to Landscape Manual Appli-cability
    Section 1.1
    Refer to Section 27-6601, Appli-cability  Refer to Section 27-61502, ApplicabilityRefer to Section 27-61600, Green Building Standards
    Construction of a new single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of an existing single-family detached, single-family attached, or two-family dwelling          
    Construction of a new multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwelling  
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more       
    Expansion or alteration of existing multifamily, townhouse, or three-family dwellings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent         
    Construction of any other type of dwelling      
    Expansion or alteration of any other type of dwelling       
    Construction of any nonresidential or mixed-use building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing nonresidential or mixed-use buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Construction of any industrial building  
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more    
    Expansion or alteration of existing industrial buildings that increase the building’s gross floor area by less than 50 percent        
    Issuance of an initial use and occupancy permit for a building        
    Issuance of a use and occupancy permit for uses which are not associated with buildings or where there is no building on the subject property.       
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in no increase to the intensity of the use          
    Changes in use or occupancy and/or ownership that result in an increase to the intensity of the use       
    Any development associated with a grading permit          
    Conversion of office building(s) to residential dwellings       
    Issuance of a building permit for buildings or structures not otherwise identified in this table. (1)
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      If a building permit is the only application needed for a proposed development prior to construction, the building permit will be reviewed for compliance with all Sections of this Part as may be applicable. If a building permit is submitted subsequent to a preceding development approval, the building permit application will be checked for compliance with any conditions of approval that may be established by the preceding approvals.

    27-6105. Timing of Review

    Unless otherwise exempted, including the provisions of Section 27-6104, Applicability of Development Standards, review for compliance with the standards of this Part shall occur during review of the appropriate development application as specified below.

    1. (a)
      Planned Development (PD) Zoning Map Amendment

      The development standards of this Part may be modified as indicated in Table 27-4301(d)(2): Modification of Development Standards, in accordance with Section 27-4301(d)(2), Development Standards, and the procedures of Section 27-3602, Planned Development (PD) Zoning Map Amendment. The PD Basic Plan, which is required for any Planned Development (PD) Zoning Map Amendment, may amend many of the standards established in this Part to set new design standards, subject to the approval of the District Council, and will serve as the baseline for review of subsequent development applications in the Planned Development zones, such as a detailed site plan.

    2. (b)
      Preliminary Plan of Subdivision (Minor or Major)

      With regard to the development standards of this Part, preliminary plans of subdivision (minor or major) are best used to ensure appropriate relationships between lots and parcels, streets, alleys, and outparcels; provide for multimodal connectivity; protect and enhance sensitive environmental features; and provide dedication of land for public purposes. Preliminary plans of subdivision (minor or major) are reviewed for compliance with the following Sections of this Part:

      1. (1)
        Section 27-6200, Roadway Access, Mobility, and Circulation
      2. (2)
        Section 27-6400, Open Space Set-Asides
      3. (3)
        Section 27-6800, Environmental Protection and Noise Controls
      4. (4)
        Section 27-61300, Agricultural Compatibility Standards
      5. (5)
        Section 27-61400, Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards
    3. (c)
      Detailed Site Plan

      A detailed site plan ensures that design standards – whether established in this Part or elsewhere in this Subtitle, or as may be modified in a PD Basic Plan – are appropriately incorporated in the proposed development. Detailed site plans are reviewed for compliance with all Sections of this Part as may be applicable with regard to the application.

    4. (d)
      Special Exception

      A special exception application is like a detailed site plan in the need for demonstrated compliance to the standards of this Subtitle. As such, special exceptions are reviewed for compliance with all Sections of this Part as may be applicable with regard to the application.

    5. (e)
      Building Permit as Only Application

      If a building permit is the only application needed for a proposed development prior to construction – such as if a proposed development is exempt from detailed site plan review pursuant to Section 27-3605(a), Applicability – the building permit will be reviewed for compliance with all Sections of this Part as may be applicable.

    6. (f)
      Building Permit Pursuant to a Prior Application

      If a building permit application is submitted subsequent to a preceding development approval, the building permit application will be checked for compliance with any conditions of approval that may be established by the preceding approvals.

    7. (g)
      Use and Occupancy Permit

      A use and occupancy permit is approved in association with a building permit or after construction has occurred. As such, only factors directly associated with the use need to be reviewed prior to issuance. These include any use-specific standards that may apply to the use and the following Sections of this Part:

      1. (1)
        Section 27-6300, Off-Street Parking and Loading
      2. (2)
        Section 27-6500, Landscaping
      3. (3)
        Section 27-6700, Exterior Lighting
      4. (4)
        Section 27-6800, Environmental Protection and Noise Controls
      5. (5)
        Section 27-61200, Neighborhood Compatibility Standards
      6. (6)
        Section 27-61500, Signage

      When a proposed new use would be expected to have a different intensity than a prior use, there may be a need to re-evaluate the potential impacts of the proposed use. Table 27-6104: Applicability of Development Standards, identifies the Sections of this Part that are applicable in these situations.

    8. (h)
      Grading Permit

      A grading permit is approved in association with a building permit or a use and occupancy permit, and is usually necessary before any development can be realized, but is considered a separate development activity that is not subject to most of the development standards of this Part. A grading permit is reviewed for compliance with Section 27-6800, Environmental Protection and Noise Controls.

    27-6201. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose of this Section is to ensure that developments are served by a coordinated multimodal transportation system that permits the safe and efficient movement of motor vehicles, emergency vehicles, transit, bicyclists, and pedestrians within the development and between the development and external transportation systems, neighboring development, and local destination points such as places of employment, schools, parks, and shopping areas. Such a multimodal transportation system is intended to:

    1. (a)
      Provide transportation options;
    2. (b)
      Increase the effectiveness of local service delivery;
    3. (c)
      Reduce emergency response times;
    4. (d)
      Promote healthy walking and bicycling;
    5. (e)
      Facilitate use of public transportation;
    6. (f)
      Contribute to the attractiveness of the development and community;
    7. (g)
      Connect neighborhoods and increase opportunities for interaction between neighbors;
    8. (h)
      Reduce vehicle miles of travel and travel times;
    9. (i)
      Reduce greenhouse gas emissions;
    10. (j)
      Improve air quality;
    11. (k)
      Minimize congestion and traffic conflicts; and
    12. (l)
      Preserve the safety and capacity of County transportation systems.

    27-6202. Consistency with Plans

    The design and construction of access and circulation systems associated with a development shall be consistent with the transportation goals, objectives, and actions in the County’s General Plan, the Approved Countywide Master Plan of Transportation, the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, and other County-adopted plans addressing transportation.

    27-6203. Multimodal Transportation System

    Access and circulation systems associated with a development shall provide for multiple travel modes (pedestrian, transit, bicycle, and vehicular), based on the development’s size, character, the zone in which it is located, and its relationship to existing and planned transportation systems. Pedestrian, transit, bicycle, and vehicular access and circulation systems shall be coordinated and integrated as necessary to offer the development’s occupants and visitors improved transportation choices while enhancing safe and efficient mobility throughout the development and the community.

    27-6204. Circulation Plan or Site Plan Required

    Development applications shall include a circulation plan (unless a site plan meeting the requirements of this Section is submitted) that demonstrates how the development follows the requirements of Sections 27-6205 through 27-6208. A circulation plan may be combined with the parking plan required in Section 27-6303, Parking Plan or Site Plan Required.

    27-6205. Developer Responsible for On-Site Street Improvements

    If a street is proposed within a development site, the developer shall bond, construct and maintain road, street, bikeway, sidewalk, and other access and circulation improvements in accordance with the standards for design and construction defined in Subtitle 23: Roads and Sidewalks, SHA design standards (if applicable), or those of the applicable municipalities having jurisdiction, and shall dedicate any required rights-of-way or easements, as required by the Subdivision Regulations and shown on an approved preliminary plan of subdivision.

    27-6206. Vehicular Access and Circulation

  • (a)
    Definition of Street Functional Classification

    All public streets will be classified by the County according to the system of functional classification defined in the Approved Countywide Master Plan of Transportation (as may be amended from time to time) and shall be designed and constructed to the County's adopted street design standards as authorized by Subtitle 23, Roads and Sidewalks, of the County Code. Within the Regional Transit Districts and Local Centers as designated by the General Plan (as may be amended from time to time), the Prince George’s County Urban Street Design Standards shall apply.

  • (b)
    Vehicular Accessway Classifications

    As a basis for application of many of the vehicular access and circulation standards in this Section, proposed and existing vehicular accessways shall be classified in accordance with the following classifications, which reflect the accessway’s relative functions in providing access to and from principal origin and destination points and accommodating travel mobility. These do not supersede or replace classifications used in the Prince George’s County Specifications and Standards for Roadways and Bridges.

    1. (1)
      Driveways

      Driveways are accessways that function solely to provide direct and immediate vehicular access between an alley or street and the principal origin and destination points within an abutting development, or part of a large development. They generally handle low vehicular travel speeds and traffic volumes, but may handle higher vehicular traffic volumes within large commercial and mixed-use developments (e.g., driveways within mixed-use developments or shopping center parking areas). Driveways are generally not located in the public right-of-way for their principal length, or along building frontages in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and Planned Development (PD) zones, and are not considered streets.

    2. (2)
      Alleys
      1. (A)
        Alleys make up a specialized classification of accessway that primarily functions to provide secondary vehicular access and/or service and delivery vehicle access between a street and the rear or sides of lots or buildings. Alleys may provide primary vehicular access for dwellings designed to have no driveway access from the fronting street, or access may be provided through a combination of an alley and a driveway from a fronting street. Alleys may not provide primary vehicular access for dwellings that do not have a fronting street unless such dwelling front instead on common open spaces such as a mews or courtyards.
      2. (B)
        Within the CN, NAC, LTO, RTO-L, RTO-H, LTO-PD, and RTO-PD zones, alleys shall comply with standards established in the Prince George’s County Urban Street Design Standards. In all other areas of the County, alleys shall comply with the standards established in Subtitle 23: Roads and Sidewalks, and Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations, of the County Code, and the Prince George’s County Specifications and Standards for Roadways and Bridges.
    3. (3)
      Connectivity

      The accessways defined in Sections 27-6206(b)(1) and 27-6206(b)(2) shall connect to public or private streets, which shall follow standards of design and construction as defined in the Prince George’s County Specifications and Standards for Roadways and Bridges and in Subtitle 23: Roads and Sidewalks, SHA design standards (if applicable), or those of the applicable municipalities having jurisdiction.

  • (c)
    Required Vehicular Access and Circulation

    A new development shall be served by a system of vehicular accessways and internal circulation (including driveways, and alleys connecting from public or private streets, as well as any required fire lanes, parking lot drive aisles, and any circulation associated with parking, loading, or drive-through service windows) that are designed to accommodate appropriate circulation of firefighting and other emergency vehicles, public transit, school buses, garbage trucks, delivery vehicles, service vehicles, and passenger motor vehicles within the development, as defined by the standards in Subtitle 23: Roads and Sidewalks.

  • (d)
    Vehicular Access Management
    1. (1)
      Limitation on Direct Access Along Arterial, Major Collector, and Collector Streets

      Proposed direct driveway access to a development’s principal origin or destination points (including individual lots in a subdivision) may be provided directly from an arterial, major collector, or collector street only if:

      1. (A)
        No alternative direct vehicular access from a lower-classified accessway (e.g., local street, driveway, or alley) is available or feasible to provide;
      2. (B)
        Only one two-way driveway, or one pair of one-way driveways, is allowed onto lots with 200 or less feet of lot frontage on the arterial, major collector, or collector street, and no more than one additional two-way driveway or pair of one-way driveways per additional 200 feet of frontage; and
      3. (C)
        The development(s) served by the driveway is expected to generate an average daily traffic (ADT) count of 1,000 trips or less, or it is determined that the origin or destination points accessed by the driveway will generate sufficiently low traffic volumes, and the adjacent arterial, major collector, or collector street has sufficiently low travel speeds and traffic volumes, to allow safe driveway access while preserving the safety and efficiency of travel on the arterial, major collector, or collector street.
    2. (2)
      Limitation on Direct Driveway Access along Other Streets

      The following standards shall apply to vehicular access along a street other than an arterial, major collector, or collector street.

      1. (A)
        For single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, and three-family dwellings, one direct driveway access point is allowed if only the frontage of the lot abuts the street’s right-of-way. If the street is on a corner lot of two non-arterial, non-major collector, and/or non-collector streets and abuts the right-of-way of two intersecting streets, two direct driveway access points are allowed (one to each street).
      2. (B)
        For townhouse and multifamily dwellings, and for uses in the Public, Civic, and Institutional; Commercial; and Industrial Use Categories, the number of vehicular access points along a public street shall follow State, County, or municipal access standards, as applicable, to protect the function, safety, and efficiency of travel on the street and any associated bikeways and sidewalks.
      3. (C)
        Where a through lot or corner lot fronts on roadways of different classifications, direct driveway access to the lot shall be provided only from the lower-classified fronting street, to the maximum extent practicable.
    3. (3)
      Shared Driveways
      1. (A)
        Driveway access shared between adjoining lots is encouraged and, in the case of County or State access spacing requirements that do not allow individual lot frontages to be served individually, may be required to limit direct vehicular access along streets.
      2. (B)
        Easements allowing cross-access to and from lands served by a shared driveway, along with agreements defining maintenance responsibilities of landowners, shall be recorded with the Land Records of Prince George’s County before issuance of a building permit for the development proposing the shared driveway access. Such easements shall clearly limit parking of each property owners’ vehicles to their side of the driveway, and stipulate that both owners shall share in the costs and responsibility of maintaining the driveway.
  • (e)
    Cross-Access
    1. (1)
      Purpose

      The purpose of the following vehicular connectivity standards is to enhance safe and convenient mobility within and between neighborhoods and developments that helps integrate and connect neighborhoods, allow residents to conveniently visit neighbors and nearby activity centers without compromising the capacity of the County’s streets to accommodate through-traffic, improve opportunities for comprehensive and convenient transit service, enhance efficient provision of public services, and improve the speed and effectiveness with which emergency services and police and fire protection can be provided to County residents and lands.

    2. (2)
      Cross-Access Between Adjoining Developments

      To encourage shared parking and minimize access points along streets, new development, other than industrial development, in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones and Nonresidential base zones shall comply with the following standards:

      1. (A)
        The internal vehicular circulation system shall be designed and constructed to provide vehicular cross-access between the development’s vehicular use areas and those on adjoining parcels containing a nonresidential or mixed-use development, or to the boundary of adjoining vacant land in a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base or PD zone or a Nonresidential zone (see Figure 27-6206(e)(2): Cross-Access Between Parking Areas of Adjoining Developments).
  • Figure 27-6206(e)(2): Cross-Access Between Parking Areas of Adjoining Development
    Diagram with cross access between parking areas of adjoining development
    1.  
      1.  
        1. (B)
          Cross-accessways shall provide for two-way vehicular traffic between the vehicular use areas on the adjoining lots through the use of a single driveway or drive aisle that is at least 22 feet wide or through two one-way driveways or aisles that are each at least 14 feet wide.
        2. (C)
          The Planning Director or review body deciding a parent application may waive or modify the requirement for vehicular cross-access if the applicant clearly demonstrates that such cross–access is impractical or undesirable due to the presence of topographic conditions, natural features, or safety factors.
        3. (D)
          Easements allowing cross-access to and from lands served by a vehicular cross-access, along with agreements defining maintenance responsibilities of landowners, shall be recorded in the Land Records of Prince George's County before record plat or prior to the issuance of a building permit for the development.
    1. (f)
      Connectivity Standards for Single-Family (Attached and Detached) Residential Development
      1. (1)
        Minimum Connectivity Index Score Required

        New single-family residential subdivisions processed with a preliminary plan of major subdivision shall achieve an internal street connectivity index score in accordance with Table 27-6206(f)(1): Minimum Street Connectivity Index.

    Table 27-6206(f)(1): Minimum Street Connectivity Index
    Zone Where Development is ProposedMinimum Connectivity Index Score
    Located in Residential and Planned Development Zones1.50
    Located in Nonresidential and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones1.4
    Table 27-6206(f)(1): Minimum Street Connectivity Index
    Zone Where Development is ProposedMinimum Connectivity Index Score
    Located in Residential and Planned Development Zones1.50
    Located in Nonresidential and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones1.4
    Table 27-6206(f)(1): Minimum Street Connectivity Index
    Zone Where Development is ProposedMinimum Connectivity Index Score
    Located in Residential and Planned Development Zones1.50
    Located in Nonresidential and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones1.4
    Table 27-6206(f)(1): Minimum Street Connectivity Index
    Zone Where Development is ProposedMinimum Connectivity Index Score
    Located in Residential and Planned Development Zones1.50
    Located in Nonresidential and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones1.4
    1.  
      1. (2)
         Connectivity Index Score Calculation

        The connectivity index for a development is calculated by dividing its links by its nodes. Figure 27-6206(f)(2): Street Connectivity Index, provides an example of how to calculate the connectivity index.

        Nodes exist at street intersections, including any intersections to access streets immediately adjacent to the development but outside of its site property, such as intersections that provide access to the development through an entry street or driveway; traffic circles/roundabouts; street intersections with alleys that serve as the only vehicular access to residential dwellings; trail intersections where two or more trails intersect; and cul-de-sac heads within the development.

        Links are stretches of road that connect nodes, stub streets, and pedestrian connections pursuant to Section 27-6206(g) below. Any alley that serves as the only vehicular access to residential dwellings shall also count as a link. Other alleys do not count as links. For purposes of this Subsection, stub streets shall stub at the property line to count a link. Any stub street fully internal to the development and which does not touch the property line (and therefore will not constitute a future street connection) does not count as a link. Links external to the development that connect to nodes associated with the development shall be included in the index calculation, as shall all links attached to nodes providing access to the development.

        In the diagram, there are 33 links and 18 nodes; therefore the connectivity index is 1.83 (33/18 = 1.83).

    Figure 27-6206(f)(2): Street Connectivity Index
    Example of a street connectivity index
    1.  
      1. (3)
        Reduction in Minimum Index Score

        The minimum connectivity index score may be reduced by the Planning Director if the landowner/applicant demonstrates it is infeasible to achieve due to natural features, existing road configurations, or adjacent existing development patterns. In these instances, internal street design shall achieve as high a connectivity index score as reasonably practical, especially by providing stub-outs and other potential connections that may be made in the future, including through public infrastructure improvements.

    1. (g)
      Pedestrian Connections
      1. (1)
        A right-of-way (at least ten feet wide) shall be provided for pedestrian and bicycle access between a cul-de-sac head or street turnaround and the sidewalk system of the closest street or pedestrian path (as shown in Figure 27-6206(g): Pedestrian Connections), if the cul-de-sac head or street turnaround:
        1. (A)
          Is within a half-mile of significant pedestrian generators or destinations such as transit stops, schools, parks, public trails, greenways, employment centers, mixed use development, retail centers, or similar features; and
        2. (B)
          Can be connected to an existing or proposed sidewalk, trail, greenway or other type of pedestrian connection.
      2. (2)
        Vacant adjacent land that could be developed in the foreseeable future with sidewalks, trails, greenways, or other types of pedestrian connections to which the pedestrian and bicycle access can be connected.
      3. (3)
        These pedestrian connections shall count as links for the purpose of calculating the connectivity index.
      4. (4)
        These pedestrian connections may require public use easements in accordance with Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations of the County Code.
    Figure 27-6206(g): Pedestrian Connections
    Diagram with dimensions for pedestrian connections
    1. (h)
      External Street Connectivity
      1. (1)
        The arrangement of streets in a single-family residential subdivision shall provide for the alignment and continuation of existing or proposed streets into adjoining lands where the adjoining lands are undeveloped and deemed appropriate for future development, or are developed and include opportunities for such connections.
      2. (2)
        Street rights-of-way shall be extended to or along adjoining property boundaries such that a street connection or stub street shall be provided for development where practicable and feasible in each direction (north, south, east, and west) for development that abuts vacant lands.
      3. (3)
        At all locations where streets terminate with no street connection, but a future connection is planned or accommodated, a sign shall be installed with the words "FUTURE STREET CONNECTION" to inform landowners.
      4. (4)
        The final plat (see Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations) shall identify all stub streets and include a notation that all stub streets are intended for connection with future streets on adjoining undeveloped or underdeveloped lands.
    2. (i)
      Continuation of Adjacent Streets

      Proposed street layouts shall be coordinated with the existing street system in surrounding areas. Existing streets shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be extended to provide access to adjacent developments and subdivisions and to provide for additional points of ingress and egress.

    3. (j)
      Traffic-Calming Measures for Private Streets
      1. (1)
        All traffic calming measures shall be coordinated with the applicable operating agency or municipality. Any traffic calming measures proposed in a County right-of-way shall require approval by the DPIE Director. Such approval shall also identify the responsible party for perpetual maintenance for any non-standard or non-conforming elements that may be proposed.
      2. (2)
        Street widths not in excess of basic design standards, short block lengths, on-street parking, controlled intersections, roundabouts, and other traffic-calming measures are encouraged on all local and subcollector streets that connect between two nodes in the connectivity index system, provided they do not interfere with emergency vehicle access.
      3. (3)
        Residential development shall employ measures to interrupt direct vehicle flow on linear street segments over 800 linear feet long, to the maximum extent practicable (see Figure 27-6206(j): Traffic Calming Measures). Such measures may include, but shall not be limited to:
        1. (A)
          Stop signs at street intersections;
    Figure 27-6206(j): Traffic-Calming Measures 
    Traffic calming exampleTraffic calming example
    Traffic calming exampleTraffic calming example
    1.  
      1.  
        1. (B)
          Mini-roundabouts at intersections;
        2. (C)
          Curvilinear street segments to slow traffic and interrupt monotonous streetscapes;
        3. (D)
          Traffic-diverting physical devices such as neckdowns, chicanes, and diverter islands;
        4. (E)
          Roadway striping to limit vehicular cartway widths or accommodate bike lanes; and
        5. (F)
          Speed tables, raised intersections or elevated pedestrian street crossings.
      2. (4)
        Any physical installations that narrow the roadway and extend curbs toward the street centerline, such as bulbouts and chicanes, are discouraged on streets less than 24 feet wide, but are encouraged on wider streets as a traffic calming device and to reduce crossing distance for pedestrians, where practicable.
    2. (k)
      Block Design
      1. (1)
        Block Length

        Where blocks are used in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones and the MU-PD Zone, block length shall be at least 200 feet, but no more than 800 feet. In all other zones block length shall be at least 200 feet, but no more than 1,000 feet in length. The Planning Director (or DPIE Director if any streets forming/abutting the block are public streets) may allow modifications from these block length standards on determining that:

        1. (A)
          Environmental or topographic constraints exist;
        2. (B)
          The site has an irregular shape;
        3. (C)
          A longer block will reduce the number of railroad grade or water body crossings; or
        4. (D)
          Longer blocks will result in less traffic through residential subdivisions from adjoining businesses or areas.
      2. (2)
        Block Width

        To the maximum extent practicable, the width of any block shall be sufficient to permit at least two lots across the depth of the block, exclusive of any alleys, watercourses, or other right-of-way located outside platted lots.

      3. (3)
        Through-Block Access

        In the RSF‐95, RSF‐65, and RSF‐A zones where a block face exceeds more than 800 feet, sidewalks or multi-use paths shall be provided through the block, perpendicular to the long block face to connect parallel sidewalks on either side of the block through the interior of the block.

      4. (4)
        General Accessway Layout and Design

        The vehicular access and circulation system of a development located on a site abutting an existing or planned transit route shall accommodate a transit stop and other associated facilities unless the Planning Director determines that transit facilities already exist to serve the needs of the development.

    3. (l)
      Driveway Layout and Design
      1. (1)
        Driveway Width

        All driveways serving development, except single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, and three-family dwellings, shall comply with the following minimum width standards:

        1. (A)
          One-way driveways shall be at least 11 feet wide, as measured between the edges of paving in a typical tangent section that does not include corner radii.
        2. (B)
          Two-way driveways shall be at least 22 feet wide, as measured between the edges of paving in a typical tangent section that does not include corner radii.
      2. (2)
        Dead-End Driveway Length

        Driveways that do not connect back to a street shall be no longer than 150 feet unless they include adequate provision for fire trucks to turn around, as approved by the Fire Chief.

      3. (3)
        Driveway Intersections

        Driveway intersections shall also comply with the following standards:

        1. (A)
          Alignment

          To the maximum extent practicable, driveway intersections along a street shall line up with existing or approved driveway, parking lot drive aisle, or roadway intersections on the opposite side of the street.

        1. (B)
          Proximity to Adjoining Land

          Except for shared driveways provided in accordance with Section 27-6206(d)(3), Shared Driveways, driveway intersections shall be spaced from an adjoining property line by at least two feet or such greater distance as is needed to avoid encroachment of the driveway radius onto the adjacent property or interference with safe use of a driveway on the adjoining property.

        1. (C)
          Medians in Driveway Entrances

          Medians may be incorporated at driveway entrances provided:

          1. (i)
            No signage is included within the median other than traffic signs and a single monument sign;
          2. (ii)
            Planted material within the median is limited to minor shade trees, shrubs, ground cover, and grass; and
          3. (iii)
            The minimum driveway width is maintained for each travel and turning lane.
    4. (m)
      Vehicle Stacking Space
      1. (1)
        For Drive-through and Related Uses
        1. (A)
          Required Number of Stacking Spaces

        In addition to meeting the off-street parking standards in Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, uses with drive-through facilities and other auto-oriented uses where vehicles queue up to access a service facility shall provide at least the minimum number of stacking spaces established in Table 27-6206(m)(1)(A): Minimum Stacking Spaces for Drive-Through Facilities and Related Uses.

    Table 27-6206(m)(1)(A): Minimum Stacking Spaces for Drive-Through Facilities and Related Uses
    Use or Activity (1)Minimum Number of Stacking SpacesMeasured From
    Bank or financial Institution, with drive-through service or with automated teller machine (ATM) as an accessory use3 per laneTeller window or teller machine
    Gas station1Each end of the outermost gas pump island
    Gated driveway (for any principal use)3Gate
    Nursing or care home3Building entrance
    Recycling collection center3 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, automatic6 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, self-service2 per bayBay entrance
    Consumer goods establishment, with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    All personal service uses with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with oil change/lubrication shop3 per bayBay entrance
    Restaurant, quick-service, with drive-through service (2)6Order box
    School, private not located in the RTO-H, RTO-L, RTO-PD, LTO, LTO-PD, TAC, TAC-PD, NAC, or NAC-PD zones6 spacesPrimary Building entrance, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    8 spacesDesignated student waiting area, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    OtherUses not specifically listed are determined by the Planning Director based on standards for comparable uses, or alternatively based on a parking demand study
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      See PART 27-5: Use Regulations.
    2. (2)
      Restaurants with drive-through service shall provide at least four additional stacking spaces between the order box and the pick-up window.
    Table 27-6206(m)(1)(A): Minimum Stacking Spaces for Drive-Through Facilities and Related Uses
    Use or Activity (1)Minimum Number of Stacking SpacesMeasured From
    Bank or financial Institution, with drive-through service or with automated teller machine (ATM) as an accessory use3 per laneTeller window or teller machine
    Gas station1Each end of the outermost gas pump island
    Gated driveway (for any principal use)3Gate
    Nursing or care home3Building entrance
    Recycling collection center3 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, automatic6 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, self-service2 per bayBay entrance
    Consumer goods establishment, with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    All personal service uses with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with oil change/lubrication shop3 per bayBay entrance
    Restaurant, quick-service, with drive-through service (2)6Order box
    School, private not located in the RTO-H, RTO-L, RTO-PD, LTO, LTO-PD, TAC, TAC-PD, NAC, or NAC-PD zones6 spacesPrimary Building entrance, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    8 spacesDesignated student waiting area, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    OtherUses not specifically listed are determined by the Planning Director based on standards for comparable uses, or alternatively based on a parking demand study
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      See PART 27-5: Use Regulations.
    2. (2)
      Restaurants with drive-through service shall provide at least four additional stacking spaces between the order box and the pick-up window.
    Table 27-6206(m)(1)(A): Minimum Stacking Spaces for Drive-Through Facilities and Related Uses
    Use or Activity (1)Minimum Number of Stacking SpacesMeasured From
    Bank or financial Institution, with drive-through service or with automated teller machine (ATM) as an accessory use3 per laneTeller window or teller machine
    Gas station1Each end of the outermost gas pump island
    Gated driveway (for any principal use)3Gate
    Nursing or care home3Building entrance
    Recycling collection center3 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, automatic6 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, self-service2 per bayBay entrance
    Consumer goods establishment, with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    All personal service uses with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with oil change/lubrication shop3 per bayBay entrance
    Restaurant, quick-service, with drive-through service (2)6Order box
    School, private not located in the RTO-H, RTO-L, RTO-PD, LTO, LTO-PD, TAC, TAC-PD, NAC, or NAC-PD zones6 spacesPrimary Building entrance, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    8 spacesDesignated student waiting area, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    OtherUses not specifically listed are determined by the Planning Director based on standards for comparable uses, or alternatively based on a parking demand study
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      See PART 27-5: Use Regulations.
    2. (2)
      Restaurants with drive-through service shall provide at least four additional stacking spaces between the order box and the pick-up window.
    Table 27-6206(m)(1)(A): Minimum Stacking Spaces for Drive-Through Facilities and Related Uses
    Use or Activity (1)Minimum Number of Stacking SpacesMeasured From
    Bank or financial Institution, with drive-through service or with automated teller machine (ATM) as an accessory use3 per laneTeller window or teller machine
    Gas station1Each end of the outermost gas pump island
    Gated driveway (for any principal use)3Gate
    Nursing or care home3Building entrance
    Recycling collection center3 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, automatic6 per bayBay entrance
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with car wash and auto detailing, self-service2 per bayBay entrance
    Consumer goods establishment, with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    All personal service uses with drive-through service4 per laneWindow
    Personal Vehicle Repair and Maintenance, specifically with oil change/lubrication shop3 per bayBay entrance
    Restaurant, quick-service, with drive-through service (2)6Order box
    School, private not located in the RTO-H, RTO-L, RTO-PD, LTO, LTO-PD, TAC, TAC-PD, NAC, or NAC-PD zones6 spacesPrimary Building entrance, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    8 spacesDesignated student waiting area, if this is the primary location for student pick-up/drop-off
    OtherUses not specifically listed are determined by the Planning Director based on standards for comparable uses, or alternatively based on a parking demand study
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      See PART 27-5: Use Regulations.
    2. (2)
      Restaurants with drive-through service shall provide at least four additional stacking spaces between the order box and the pick-up window.
    1.  
      1.  
        1. (B)
          Design and Layout

        Required stacking spaces are subject to the following design and layout standards:

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Stacking spaces shall be a minimum of 10 feet wide and 20 feet long;
          2. (ii)
            Stacking spaces shall not impede on-site or off-site vehicular traffic movements or movements into or out of off-street parking spaces;
          3. (iii)
            Stacking spaces shall not impede onsite or offsite bicycle or pedestrian traffic movements; and
          4. (iv)
            Stacking spaces shall be separated from other internal driveways by raised medians if the DPIE Director (for public streets) or Planning Director (for private streets) determine the medians to be necessary for traffic movement and safety.
      1. (2)
        For Vehicular Parking Area (Parking Lot) Entrance Driveways

        Nonresidential and mixed-use development (excluding industrial uses) shall provide stacking lanes between the edge of the street right-of-way and entrances into off-street parking areas in accordance with the minimum stacking lane distance established in Table 27-6206(m)(2).a: Minimum Stacking Lane Distance for Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway (see Figure 27-6206(m)(2).b: Measurement of Stacking Lane Distance for Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway). In the event the number of parking spaces requires a stacking lane distance of 150 feet or greater, this requirement will supersede that of Section 27-6206(l)(2), Dead-End Driveway Length.

    Table 27-6206(m)(2).a: Minimum Stacking Lane Distance for
    Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway
    Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces (1)Minimum Stacking Lane Distance (ft) (2)
    1 - 4925
    50 – 24950
    250 – 499100
    500 or more100 + 15 ft for every additional 50 spaces beyond 500
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Entrances into parking structures may be credited towards the stacking lane distance standard provided the parking structure entrance is accessed from a development driveway and not a primary drive aisle.
    2. (2)
      Stacking lane distance is measured from the intersection of the driveway with the street right-of-way, along the centerline of the stacking lane, to its intersection with the centerline of the first entrance into a parking area or other internal intersecting driveway.
    Table 27-6206(m)(2).a: Minimum Stacking Lane Distance for
    Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway
    Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces (1)Minimum Stacking Lane Distance (ft) (2)
    1 - 4925
    50 – 24950
    250 – 499100
    500 or more100 + 15 ft for every additional 50 spaces beyond 500
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Entrances into parking structures may be credited towards the stacking lane distance standard provided the parking structure entrance is accessed from a development driveway and not a primary drive aisle.
    2. (2)
      Stacking lane distance is measured from the intersection of the driveway with the street right-of-way, along the centerline of the stacking lane, to its intersection with the centerline of the first entrance into a parking area or other internal intersecting driveway.
    Table 27-6206(m)(2).a: Minimum Stacking Lane Distance for
    Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway
    Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces (1)Minimum Stacking Lane Distance (ft) (2)
    1 - 4925
    50 – 24950
    250 – 499100
    500 or more100 + 15 ft for every additional 50 spaces beyond 500
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Entrances into parking structures may be credited towards the stacking lane distance standard provided the parking structure entrance is accessed from a development driveway and not a primary drive aisle.
    2. (2)
      Stacking lane distance is measured from the intersection of the driveway with the street right-of-way, along the centerline of the stacking lane, to its intersection with the centerline of the first entrance into a parking area or other internal intersecting driveway.
    Table 27-6206(m)(2).a: Minimum Stacking Lane Distance for
    Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway
    Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces (1)Minimum Stacking Lane Distance (ft) (2)
    1 - 4925
    50 – 24950
    250 – 499100
    500 or more100 + 15 ft for every additional 50 spaces beyond 500
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Entrances into parking structures may be credited towards the stacking lane distance standard provided the parking structure entrance is accessed from a development driveway and not a primary drive aisle.
    2. (2)
      Stacking lane distance is measured from the intersection of the driveway with the street right-of-way, along the centerline of the stacking lane, to its intersection with the centerline of the first entrance into a parking area or other internal intersecting driveway.
    Figure 27-6206(m)(2).b: Measurement of Stacking Lane Distance for Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway
    Dimensions for Stacking Lane Distance for Vehicular Parking Area Entrance Driveway

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6207. Pedestrian Access and Circulation

  • (a)
    Required Pedestrian Access
    1. (1)
      General Pedestrian Access

      All new development subject to this Section shall be served by an internal pedestrian circulation system (including sidewalks, pedestrian paths, and/or trails) that permits safe, convenient, efficient, and orderly movement of pedestrians among the following origin and destination points within the development, as well as between the adjoining parts of an existing or planned external, community-wide pedestrian circulation system and any adjoining transit stops, bus stops, public parks, greenways, schools, community centers, and shopping areas:

      1. (A)
        The primary entrance(s) of principal buildings (or the buildable area of lots, for subdivisions);
      2. (B)
        Off-street parking bays;
      3. (C)
        Any designated or planned transit stations or bus stops and shelters (on-site or on an adjacent street); and
      4. (D)
        Recreation facilities and other common use areas and amenities.
    2. (2)
      Sidewalks Required
      1. (A)
        All new development subject to this Section, except for development fronting a rural road, or single-family subdivisions where the density is 1 dwelling unit per 2 acres or less, shall install sidewalks on both sides of all streets having curb and gutter construction within the development site and along the entire frontage of the development site with an existing street (unless an existing sidewalk meeting County standards is already in place).
      2. (B)
        Where a development site fronts an existing street with insufficient right-of-way width to accommodate installation of a required sidewalk along the frontage, the developer shall install a sidewalk on the development site within a dedicated widening of the right-of-way or dedicated public easement running parallel and adjacent to the public street.
      3. (C)
        The Planning Director may waive or modify the requirement for sidewalks where the applicant clearly demonstrates that such sidewalks are impractical or infeasible due to the presence of topographic conditions or natural features, such as steep grades that do not allow connections to be made without stairs.
  • (b)
    Pedestrian Connectivity

    All new multifamily, townhouse, nonresidential, and mixed-use development shall comply with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      The internal pedestrian circulation system shall be designed to allow for pedestrian walkway cross-access between the development’s buildings and parking areas and those on adjoining lots containing a multifamily, townhouse, nonresidential, or mixed-use development, or to the boundary of adjoining vacant land zoned to allow multifamily residential, nonresidential, or mixed-use development (including land in the Residential, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center, and Nonresidential base and PD zones).
    2. (2)
      The Planning Director may waive or modify the requirement for pedestrian cross-access where the applicant clearly demonstrates that such cross–access is impractical or infeasible due to police concerns about through-traffic routes complicating law enforcement, Environmental Site Design requirements, or the presence of any of the following at the point(s) where through-connections would otherwise be required: topographic conditions, natural features, visual obstructions or parking space locations that create traffic hazards, or the existence of mature or protected trees.
    3. (3)
      Easements allowing cross-access to and from properties served by a pedestrian cross-access, along with agreements defining maintenance responsibilities of landowners, shall be recorded with the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for the development.
    4. (4)
      Pedestrian Walkways through Large Vehicular Parking Areas and Parking Garages
      1. (A)
        General Standards
      1.  
        1. (i)
          All vehicular parking areas and parking structures containing more than 150 parking spaces shall provide a clearly identified and protected pedestrian path between parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrance(s) to the building(s) served by the parking areas, or to a pedestrian walkway providing direct access from the furthest extent of the parking area to the primary building entrance(s).
        2. (ii)
          Vehicular parking areas containing more than 150 parking spaces shall, at a minimum, include one pedestrian walkway every 6 parallel parking rows (every three double-row parking bays) or every 200 feet, whichever is the lesser dimension (see Figure 27-6207(b)(4): Walkways Through Vehicular Parking Area). The pedestrian walkway shall be constructed of a paved surface with concrete similar to that used for sidewalk standards for public streets. Other hardscape materials, such as brick pavers, may be used provided that they allow smooth surfaces along pedestrian paths and at vehicle crossings.
  • Figure 27-6207(b)(4): Pedestrian Walkways
    Through Vehicular Parking Area
    Dimensions for Pedestrian Walkways Through Vehicular Parking Area
    1.  
      1.  
        1.  
          1. (iii)
            Pedestrian walkways providing access between vehicular parking areas and associated buildings may be extended to provide the connections to abutting street sidewalks or to adjoining development required by Section 27-6207(a)(1), General Pedestrian Access, and Section 27-6207(b), Pedestrian Connectivity.
        1. (B)
          Walkway Standards

          Required pedestrian walkways shall:

        1.  
          1. (i)
            Be at least five feet wide in Residential base zones and six feet wide in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center and Nonresidential base zones, unless expressly stated otherwise in those zone regulations;
          2. (ii)
            Be distinguishable from vehicular traffic lanes they cross by painted markings, a change in pavement material or color, raised paving height, decorative bollards, and/or flashing caution signals; and
          3. (iii)
            Provide lighting similar to the lighting standards for residential streets established in the Prince George’s County Specifications and Standards for Roadways and Bridges or other standards in Subtitle 23.

    27-6208. Bicycle Access and Circulation

  • (a)
    Required Bicycle Access
    1. (1)
      Internal and Adjoining Bicycle Access

      All new development subject to this Section shall provide for internal bicycle circulation such that bicycle access to the development’s primary use is safe, convenient and intuitive, specifically by providing the following, in coordination with the Department of Public Works and Transportation, State Highway Administration, or a municipality with jurisdiction over the streets.

      1. (A)
        Bicycle parking facilities required by Section 27-6309, Bicycle Parking Standards, in areas near the primary entrance(s) of principal buildings (or the buildable area of lots, for subdivisions) for bicycle storage;
      2. (B)
        Connections to any adjacent existing or planned (identified in the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan, or in the Countywide Master Plan of Transportation) on-street or off-street bicycle facilities outside the development, or internal bicycle systems in adjacent developments;
      3. (C)
        Connections to any designated or planned rail transit or bus stops and shelters (on-site or on an adjacent street); and
      4. (D)
        Connections to any recreational amenities internal to the development, such as open space.
    2. (2)
      Required Bikeway Network Improvements
      1. (A)
        All new development subject to this Section shall be required to install bike lanes, bike paths, or other bicycle improvements. Additional bikeway network improvements are encouraged where appropriate, such as within large development sites and to provide additional connections to nearby bicycle routes. The facilities shall be established in part, through an agreement and/or easements which include assurances for their maintenance.
      2. (B)
        The Planning Director may, for private streets or, when advised by the permitting agency, for public streets, waive or modify the requirement for bike lanes, bike paths, or other bicycle improvements where the applicant clearly demonstrates that the facilities are impractical or infeasible due topographic conditions, natural features, or visual obstructions that create hazards.
      3. (C)
        Where a development site fronts an existing street with insufficient right-of-way width to accommodate installation of a required bike path along the frontage, the applicant may install a bike path on the development site, within a public easement running parallel and nearby the public street. Such bicycle paths shall not be restricted from public use and shall allow physical passage at all times.
  • (b)
    Bicycle Connectivity Between Developments

    All new multifamily, townhouse, nonresidential, and mixed-use development shall comply with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Any internal bicycle circulation system shall be designed and constructed to provide bicycle cross-access between it and any internal bicycle circulation system on adjoining parcels containing a multifamily, townhouse, nonresidential, or mixed-use development, or to the boundary of adjoining vacant land zoned to allow townhouse, multifamily, nonresidential, or mixed-use development (including land in the Residential, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center, and Nonresidential base and PD zones).
    2. (2)
      The Planning Director may waive or modify the requirement for bicycle cross-access on determining that such cross–access is impractical or undesirable for typical bicyclists’ use due to the presence of topographic conditions, natural features, or safety factors. Undesirable conditions shall be defined as those limiting mobility for bicycles as a form of transportation, such as steep grades, narrow connections bounded on both sides by walls or embankments, or limited visibility when straight-line connections are not achievable.
    3. (3)
      Easements allowing cross-access to and from lands served by a bicycle cross-access, along with agreements between owners of lands that provide and are served by the cross-access defining the owners' maintenance responsibilities, shall be recorded with the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for the development.
  • (c)
    General Bikeway Layout and Design
    1. (1)
      Off-Street Bicycle Facilities

      Required bicycle paths shall:

      1. (A)
        Allow two-way bicycle circulation; 
      2. (B)
        Be at least ten (10) feet wide and surfaced with a smooth-surface (such as hot-mix asphalt), durable, and dustless material;
      3. (C)
        Be distinguishable from vehicular traffic lanes they cross by painted markings, a change in pavement material or color, raised paving height, decorative bollards, and/or flashing caution signals; and
      4. (D)
        Provide lighting similar to the lighting standards for residential streets established in the Prince George’s County Specifications and Standards for Roadways and Bridges or other standards in Subtitle 23 of the County Code.
    2. (2)
      On-Street Bicycle Facilities

      Required bike lanes shall be designed and provided in accordance with the cross-section, paving, and other standards applicable to the roadways of which they are a part.

  • (d)
    Waiver

    The Planning Director may waive all or part of the standards in this Section for private streets if it is demonstrated that bicycle access and circulation is not needed in the proposed development due to an established bicycle facility already within or abutting the development, or that compliance with the required bicycle improvements is impracticable because topography, natural features, or the facilities or will create significant risks of harm to bicyclists.

  • 27-6301. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose of this Section is to ensure provision of off-street parking and loading facilities in proportion to the generalized parking and loading demand of the different zones and different uses allowed by this Ordinance. The standards in this Section are intended to provide for adequate off-street parking and loading while supporting transit-oriented development and walkable areas in appropriate locations, and allowing the flexibility needed to accommodate alternative parking solutions. The standards are also intended to achieve County policies of supporting redevelopment of commercial corridors, accommodating appropriate infill development, and avoiding excessive paved surface areas.

    27-6302. Applicability

    In addition to projects that may be subject to this Section pursuant to Section 27-6104, Applicability of Development Standards, existing development is subject to the following. In the event of conflict, the following provisions supersede:

    1. (a)
      Change in Use
      1. (1)
        In addition, and except as identified in Section 27-6302(a)(2) below, any change in use of existing development shall be accompanied by provision of any additional off-street parking and loading spaces required for the changed use by this Section.
      2. (2)
        A change in use in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones and the Commercial base zones inside the Capital Beltway, where the change in use would increase the amount of required off-street parking by no more than 50 percent of that required for the original use or 40 spaces, whichever is greater, is exempted from the off-street parking requirements of this Section.
    2. (b)
      Expansion

      If an existing structure or use is expanded or enlarged (in terms of the number of dwelling units, floor area, or seating capacity), any additional off-street parking and loading spaces that may be required shall be provided in accordance with the requirements of this Section as applied only to the expanded or enlarged part of the structure or use.

    3. (c)
      Upgrading of Nonconforming Parking

      Nonconforming parking facilities on the site of an enlarged, expanded, or altered structure or use area shall comply with the requirements of this Section in accordance with the standards of PART 27-7, Nonconforming Buildings, Structures, Uses, Lots, and Signs.

    4. (d)
      Exclusion of Previously Existing Uses

      The following shall not be required to comply with the provisions of this Section:

      1. (1)
        Any legally existing use that complies with the previous requirements for parking and loading areas (in effect at the time the use began). If the use is a certified nonconforming use, the parking lot or loading area used with it shall not be reduced, except in accordance with this Section;
      2. (2)
        Any legally existing use for which any of the parking or loading requirements had previously been waived or reduced by the District Council or the Board of Appeals, not including departures granted under Section 27-3614, Departure (Minor and Major);
      3. (3)
        Any future use occupying the same premises as either of the above, provided there is no expansion or change of use that would require a greater number of parking or loading spaces (per Sections 27-6305, Off-Street Parking Space Standards and 27-6310, Loading Area Standards) than the number of spaces legally existing under the prior regulations. If the use began prior to the establishment of parking or loading regulations for that use, the phrase "number of spaces legally existing under the prior regulations" shall mean the current regulations of this Section (for the prior legally existing use). In both cases, where additional spaces are created, only the area occupied by the additional spaces shall be required to conform to the design standards of this Section; and
      4. (4)
        Any legally existing use in the Town of Upper Marlboro constructed before April 24, 1961; except that any proposal to increase the gross floor area or increase the interior floor area used for human occupancy must provide parking for the new floor area in accordance with current parking ratios specified in Section 27-6305, Off-Street Parking Space Standards. Any existing on-site parking may not be used to fulfill the parking requirement for newly created gross floor area or additional interior space.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6303. Parking Plan or Site Plan Required

    All development applications subject to review for compliance with the standards of this Section shall include a parking plan, unless a site plan meeting the requirements of this Section is submitted. A parking plan may be combined with the circulation plan required in Section 27-6204, Circulation Plan or Site Plan Required, for developments meeting the threshold required in that Section. A parking plan may also be combined with the alternative parking plan required by Section 27-6307(a), General; Alternative Parking Plan, should the applicant wish to seek off-street parking alternatives. The parking plan or site plan shall accurately designate the number and location of required parking spaces, access aisles, and driveways, and the relation of the off-street parking facilities to the development they are designed to serve, including how the parking facilities coordinate with the pedestrian, bicycle, transit, and vehicular circulation systems for the development. In addition, the parking plan or site plan shall accurately designate the location and design of sidewalks, bike paths, pedestrian or bicycle pavement striping, and any other pedestrian or bicycle pathways.

    27-6304. General Standards for Off-Street Parking and Loading Areas

  • (a)
    Use of Parking and Loading Areas
    1. (1)
      General

      Off-street parking areas required by this Section shall be used solely for the parking of licensed motorized vehicles in operating condition. Required parking spaces and loading berths may not be used for the display of goods for sale (except for food truck hubs operating pursuant to Subtitle 5 of the County Code, farmers' markets, and flea markets), or the sale, lease, storage, dismantling, or service of any vehicles, boats, motor homes, campers, mobile homes, building materials, equipment, or supplies.

    2. (2)
      Identified as to Purpose and Location

      Except for single-family dwellings, off-street parking areas and off-street loading areas shall include painted lines, wheel stops, or other methods of identifying individual parking spaces and loading berths and distinguishing such spaces or berths from aisles. Specific dimensional and marking standards are defined in Section 27-6304(d), Markings.

  • (b)
    Surfacing
    1. (1)
      General
      1. (A)
        Except as provided for in Section 27-6304(b)(1)(B) and Section 27-6304(b)(2) below, all off-street parking and loading areas shall be surfaced with asphalt, concrete, brick, stone, pavers, or an equivalent hard, dustless, and bonded surface material. Use of surfacing that includes recycled materials (e.g., glass, rubber, used asphalt, brick, block, and concrete) is encouraged. These surfaces shall be maintained in a smooth, well-graded, clean, orderly, and dust-free condition.
      2. (B)
        Parking for uses in the Rural and Agricultural base zones may be allowed on non-engineered surfaces of grass, gravel, dirt or similar materials, provided, the following uses shall comply with Section 27-6304(b)(1)(A) above:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Agricultural research facilities;
        2. (ii)
          Farm supply sales or farm machinery/implement sales, rental, or repair; and
        3. (iii)
    2. (2)
      Pervious or Semi-pervious Surfacing

      The use of pervious or semi-pervious parking lot surfacing materials—including, but not limited to—pervious asphalt and concrete, open-joint pavers, and reinforced grass/gravel/shell grids, is encouraged. Any pervious or semi-pervious surfacing used for aisles within or driveways to parking and loading areas shall be certified as capable of accommodating anticipated traffic loading stresses and maintenance impacts. Where possible, such materials should be used in areas proximate to and in combination with on-site stormwater control devices (see Figure 27-6304(b)(2): Use of Pervious Materials in a Parking Lot).

  • Figure 27-6304(b)(2): Use of Pervious Materials in a Parking Lot
    Example of pervious surfacing in a parking lot
    1. (c)
      Location and Arrangement
      1. (1)
        Safe and Convenient Access
        1. (A)
          Off-street parking and loading areas shall be arranged for convenient access between an adjacent street and all parking spaces and loading berths to facilitate ease of mobility, ample clearance, and safety of vehicles and pedestrians. Each off-street parking space and loading berth shall have adequate, unobstructed means for the ingress and egress of vehicles, and connect to a public street.
        2. (B)
          Except for off-street parking areas serving single-family detached, two-family, and three-family dwellings, off-street parking areas shall be arranged so no parking or maneuvering incidental to parking shall occur on a public street or sidewalk.
        3. (C)
          Except for off-street parking areas serving single-family detached, two-family, and three-family dwellings, off-street parking areas shall be arranged so an automobile may be parked or un-parked without having to move another automobile, unless within an automated or mechanical parking deck or garage, or part of valet or tandem parking in accordance with Section 27-6307, Off-Street Parking Alternatives.
        4. (D)
          Off-street loading areas shall be arranged so no loading berth extends into the required aisle of a parking lot.
      2. (2)
        Backing onto Streets Prohibited

        Except for parking areas serving single-family detached, townhouse, two-family, and three-family dwellings, all off-street parking and loading areas shall be arranged so that no vehicle is required to back out from such areas directly onto a street.

    2. (d)
      Markings
      1. (1)
        Each required off-street parking area and space, and each off-street loading area and berth, shall be identified by surface markings that are arranged to provide for orderly and safe loading, unloading, and parking of vehicles. Such markings—including striping, directional arrows, lettering on signs and in disabled-designated areas, and labeling of the pavement—shall be maintained so as to be readily visible at all times. The following uses are exempt from the requirements to mark parking and loading areas:
        1. (A)
        2. (B)
        3. (C)
          Three-family dwellings; and
        4. (D)
          Uses in the Rural and Agricultural base zones, other than agricultural research facilities; farm supply sales or farm machinery/implement sales, rental, or repair; and cemeteries.
      2. (2)
        One-way and two-way accesses into parking facilities shall be identified by directional arrows. Any two-way access where parking is located at any angle other than 90 degrees to a street shall be marked with a traffic separation stripe running the length of the access. This requirement does not apply to parking lot drive aisles.
    3. (e)
      Exterior Lighting

      Lighted off-street parking and loading areas shall comply with the standards of Section 27-6700, Exterior Lighting.

    4. (f)
      Wheel Stop Requirements
      1. (1)
        Off-street parking areas, except for below-grade or completely enclosed garages, shall comply with the landscaping standards of the Landscape Manual.
      2. (2)
        Any parking space in a gravel, crushed stone, or similar material lot, at the edge of a parking lot where the parking surface is adjacent to a downward slope of more than five percent, or at the edge of a parking lot where the parking surface ends at a concrete curb or vertical divider, shall include a permanently anchored wheel stop installed at the end of the parking space opposite the drive aisle.
      3. (3)
        Wheel stops, when used, shall be made of concrete, metal, or other material of comparable durability, and shall be at least six feet long and at least six inches high.
    5. (g)
      Accessible Parking for Persons with Physical Disabilities

      Development providing off-street parking spaces shall ensure that a portion of the total number of off-street parking spaces shall be specifically designated, located, and reserved for use by persons with physical disabilities, in accordance with the standards in the Federal Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines.

    6. (h)
      Maintained In Good Repair
      1. (1)
        Maintained at All Times

        All off-street parking and loading areas shall be maintained in safe condition and good repair at all times so as not to constitute a hazard to public safety or a visual or aesthetic nuisance to surrounding land.

    7. (i)
      Large Vehicular Use Areas (300 or More Spaces)

      Vehicular use areas containing 300 or more parking spaces, whether developed at one time or in phases, shall be configured in accordance with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Primary Drive Aisle
        1. (A)
          Primary drive aisles within vehicular use areas shall be designed to appear as an extension of the public street network extending from the public right-of-way along the full length of the primary facades of structures being served by the drive. The primary drive aisle(s) shall comply with the following standards (see Figure 27-6304(i)(1): Location of Primary Drive Aisle):
        2. (B)
          Have a minimum cross-section width between curbs to serve two travel lanes and accommodate parallel parking spaces along both sides of the drive aisle in areas not needed for turning movements;
        3. (C)
          Be striped to designate parallel parking spaces, where appropriate;
        4. (D)
          Include a sidewalk or curb-delineated pedestrian path along the front façade of a building when the drive aisle is aligned parallel to that building façade; and
        5. (E)
          Provide shade trees along both sides of the primary drive aisle.
    Figure 27-6304(i)(1): Location of Primary Drive Aisle
    Example of a primary drive aisle
    1.  
      1. (2)
        Pedestrian Pathways

        The vehicular use area shall provide fully-separated, improved pedestrian pathways that (see Figure 27-6304(i)(2): Example of Pedestrian Pathways):

        1. (A)
          Are provided, at a minimum, every six parallel parking rows (every three double-row parking bays) or every 200 feet, whichever is the lesser dimension;
        2. (B)
          Are enhanced with planted landscaping strips;
        3. (C)
          Include, to the maximum extent practicable, a pathway aligned with and perpendicular to the primary entrance into the building served by the parking lot;
        4. (D)
          Are paved with asphalt, cement, brick or stone pavers, or other comparable material;
        5. (E)
          Are of contrasting color or materials when crossing drive aisles;
        6. (F)
          Are in compliance with applicable State and Federal requirements while at a minimum are at least four feet wide when located within planting strips, and ten feet wide when crossing drive aisles;
        7. (G)
          Connect to all existing or planned adjacent transit facilities; and
        8. (H)
          Provide safe and efficient pedestrian access to the use they serve.
    Figure 27-6304(i)(2): Examples of Pedestrian Pathways
    Two types of pedestrian walkways

    27-6305. Off-Street Parking Space Standards

  • (a)
    Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces

    Except as otherwise provided for multiple use developments (see Section 27-6305(c) below), new development or a change in use or expansion shall provide the minimum number of off-street parking spaces in accordance with Table 27-6305(a), Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, based on the principal use(s) involved and the extent of development. Interpretation of the off-street parking space standards for uses with variable parking demands or unlisted uses is provided in Section 27-6305(b), Unlisted Uses.

  • TABLE 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Principal Use CategoryPrincipal Use TypeOff-Street Parking Standards
    RTO and LTO Zones
    (Base and PD)
    TAC Zone
    (Base and PD)
    NAC
    (Base and PD)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayAll Other Areas in the County
    CoreEdgeCoreEdge
    Agriculture/ Forestry UsesAgricultureNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area 1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area
    Cannabis growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3, 000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Community gardenNo minimum
    ForestryNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Keeping of horses or poniesNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Nursery and garden centerNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area
    Urban agricultureNo minimum
    Agriculture/ Forestry Related UsesAgriculture research facilityNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Equestrian centerNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Farm-based alcohol productionNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farm marketNot applicable2.0 spaces3.0 spaces
    Farm supply sales or farm machinery/implement sales, rental, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    Food hubNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Riding stableNot applicable1.0 per 2
    stalls
    1.0 per 2 stalls
    SawmillNot applicable1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area
    Open Space UsesArboretum or botanical garden, park or greenway, or public beach and public water-oriented recreational and educational areaNo minimum
    Household Living UsesArtists’ residential studiosNo minimum0.75 per DU1.0 per DU0.75 per DU1.5 per DU1.0 per DU1.5 per DU
    Conversion of a single-family detached dwelling to add a maximum of two (2) additional dwelling unitsNot applicable2.0 per DU3.0 per DU
    Dwelling, live-workNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU2 per DU2 per DU
    Dwelling, multifamilyNo minimum1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.2 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, single-family detachedNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, three-familyNo minimum1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.5 per DU
    Dwelling, townhouse1.0 per DU1.0 per DUNo minimum1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, two-familyNot applicable1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Manufactured home parkNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Mobile homeNot applicable1.5 per DU 2.0 per DU
    Group Living UsesApartment housing for elderly or physically disabled familiesNot applicable1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    Assisted living facility≤ 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    > 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space
    Boarding or rooming houseNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space0.5 spaces per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.0 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.5 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1 per guest room
    Convent or monasteryNot applicable1.0 per 4 residents1.0 per 4 residents
    Fraternity or sorority houseNot applicable1.0 per 3 residents; 1.0 per 4 residents if within one-quarter mile of designated college or university campus1.0 per 3 residents
    Group residential facilityNot applicable1.0 per 2 unitsNot applicable1.0 per 2 units1.0 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units
    Planned retirement communityNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU
    Private dormitory0.75 spaces per leased occupant if parking is included in lease agreements; 0.5 spaces per leased occupant if parking is not included in lease agreements and must be rented separately
    Communication UsesAntennaNo minimum
    Broadcasting studio and newspaper/periodical printing establishment1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating
    Tower, pole, or monopoleNo minimum
    Community Service UsesAdaptive use of a Historic SiteSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    Adult day care centerNot applicable1.0 per 4 occupants1.0 per 3 occupants
    Cultural facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Day care center for childrenNo minimum1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 12 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 10 children1.0 per 10 children
    Eleemosynary or philanthropic institution1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Emergency services facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Family child care home, largeNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Family child care home, smallNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Place of worship (regardless of lot size)1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Educational UsesAdaptive reuse of a surplus public schoolSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    College or universityNo minimum1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 500 SF GFA classroom and research space
    Driving schoolNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Private schoolNo minimum1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and aboveK-9: 1 space per 3 employees; Others: 1 space per 3 faculty1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 6 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above
    Vocational or trade schoolNo minimum1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)
    Water-dependent research facility operated by a government or educational institutionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Health Care UsesHospitalNo minimum1 space per 2 beds1 space per 2 beds1 space per bed1 space per 2 beds 1 space per bed 1 space per bed
    Health campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Medical or dental office or labNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling1.0 per 250 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling
    Medical/residential campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Nursing or care homeNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 bedsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    State-licensed medical clinicNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Transportation UsesAirfield, airpark, airport, or airstripNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Park and ride facilityTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Parking facilityNot applicable
    Parking of commercial vehiclesNot applicable1 space1 space
    Transit station or terminalTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Utility UsesSolar energy systems, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, majorNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, minorNo minimumNo minimumNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wind energy conversion system, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Adult UsesAdult entertainmentNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Adult book or video storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Animal Care UsesAnimal shelter1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Kennel (regardless of lot size)Not applicable1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Pet grooming establishment1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Veterinary hospital or clinic1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Arts and Artisanal Production UsesArt galleryNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Art, photography, music, dance, yoga, pilates, or martial arts studio or schoolsNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, artisan or makerNo minimum1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Tattoo or body piercing establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Business Support Service UsesConference or training centerNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space
    Day labor serviceNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Qualified data centerNot applicable3.0 per first 1,500 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 1,500 SF GFA up to 100,000 SF; then 0.20 per additional 1,000 SF above the first 100,000 SF
    All other business support usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Eating or Drinking Establishment UsesAlcohol production facility, small-scale; shared commercial kitchen; restaurant; and restaurant quick-service (without drive-through)No minimum6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Cannabis on-site consumption establishmentNot applicable
    Catering establishment2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Catering or food processing for off-site consumption2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Restaurant, quick-service (with drive-through)Not applicableNot applicableNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating areaNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Funeral and Mortuary Service UsesCemetery or crematoryNot applicable3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space
    Funeral parlor or undertaking establishmentNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    All other funeral and mortuary servicesNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    Office UsesContractor’s officeNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Office, general business and professionalNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Office parkNot applicable1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Personal Service UsesMassage establishmentNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Model studioNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other personal service usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation/ Entertainment Uses









    Amusement ParkNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Arena, stadium, or amphitheaterNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Cigar Club/LoungeNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area
    CinemaNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Club or lodge, privateNo minimum1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Commercial recreation attractionNot applicableDetermined as part of the special exception approval
    Commercial recreational facilities (privately owned) on land leased from a public agencyNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Country clubNot applicable1.0 per 3 seats1.0 per 3 seats
    Entertainment establishmentNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Golf courseNot applicable5.0 spaces per hole and 1.0 space per employee and 50 percent of spaces normally required for accessory uses
    Golf driving rangeNot applicable1.0 per tee plus 50 percent of retail requirements for auxiliary space (pro shop, concession, etc.)
    NightclubNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Nonprofit recreational useNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Performance arts centerNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seatsNot applicable1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Racetrack, pari-mutuelNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Recreation facility, indoorNo minimum3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation facility, outdoorNot applicableNo minimumNot applicableNo minimumNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Recreational or entertainment establishment of a commercial natureNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Rifle, pistol, or skeet shooting rangeIndoorNot applicable3.0 per lane or target and 1.0 per 2 employees
    Outdoor; lot area ≤ 20 acresNot applicable
    Outdoor; lot area > 20 acresNot applicable
    Skating facilityNot applicable1.0 per 4 patrons1.0 per 4 patrons
    Waterfront entertainment/retail complexNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAutomated teller machine (ATM), freestanding2.0 per ATM
    Bank or other financial institutionNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Cannabis dispensaryNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-dispensaryNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Check cashing businessNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Combination retailNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consumer goods establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Convenience storeNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Drug store or pharmacyNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farmers’ marketNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area
    Food and market hallNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Grocery store or food marketNo minimum1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Manufactured or modular home salesNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display areaNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    PawnshopNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Tobacco shop, electronic cigarette shop, or retail tobacco businessNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Shopping Centers25,000 to 399,999 SF of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    400,000 SF or more of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    Vehicle Sales and Service UsesCommercial fuel depotNot applicable1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Commercial vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Commercial vehicle sales and rental and Personal vehicle sales and rentalNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Gas stationNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA
    Heavy equipment sales, rental, servicing, or storageNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Personal vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Taxi or limousine service facilityNo minimum1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Vehicle parts or tire storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle paint finishing shop and vehicle or trailer storage yardNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle towing and wrecker serviceNot applicable2 customer spaces plus 1 space per employee
    Visitor Accommodation UsesBed and breakfast (as accessory to single-family dwelling)Not applicable1 per guest room, not to exceed 8 spaces
    Country innNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker
    Hotel or motelNo minimum1.0 per 2 guest rooms0.75 per guest room1.0 per guest roomNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space
    Recreational campgroundNot applicable1.0 per campsite
    Water-Related UsesBoat sales, rental, service, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area
    Boat storage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Marinas and marina expansionsNot applicable1.0 per 2 boat slips1.0 per boat slip
    Waterfront boat fuel salesNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Extraction UsesSand and gravel wet-processingNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Surface miningNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Industrial Service UsesBulk storage of gasolineNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Contractor’s yard, photographic processing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Dry-cleaning, laundry, or carpet-cleaning plantNot appliable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Fuel oil or bottled gas distributionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Landscaping contractor’s businessNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees and 1 per vehicle operated in connection with the use
    Printing or similar reproduction facility, small engine repair shopNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Liquid gas storageNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Research and developmentNo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFANo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    SlaughterhouseNot applicable1.5 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing UsesAbrasives and asbestos product manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Alcohol production facility, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Asphalt mixing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Beverage bottlingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cement manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete batching plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete or brick products manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Food processingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Heavy armament fabricationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, lightNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, heavyNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Paper and paperboard productsNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Warehouse and Freight Movement UsesCold storage plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consolidated storageNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage areaNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 3,000 SF rentable storage area; 4.0 per 1,000 SF office space; 2.0 per resident manager
    Distribution warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANo applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Motor freight facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Outdoor storage (as principal use)Not applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Storage warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SFNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF
    Warehouse showroomNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Resource Recovery and Waste Management UsesClass 3 fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Composting facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Concrete recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Electronic recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    JunkyardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Paper recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicleNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling of non-ferrous metalsNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling plantNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Sanitary landfill; rubble fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste processing facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste transfer stationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Vehicle salvage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wholesale UsesFood or beverage distribution at wholesaleNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other wholesale usesNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    TABLE 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Principal Use CategoryPrincipal Use TypeOff-Street Parking Standards
    RTO and LTO Zones
    (Base and PD)
    TAC Zone
    (Base and PD)
    NAC
    (Base and PD)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayAll Other Areas in the County
    CoreEdgeCoreEdge
    Agriculture/ Forestry UsesAgricultureNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area 1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area
    Cannabis growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3, 000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Community gardenNo minimum
    ForestryNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Keeping of horses or poniesNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Nursery and garden centerNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area
    Urban agricultureNo minimum
    Agriculture/ Forestry Related UsesAgriculture research facilityNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Equestrian centerNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Farm-based alcohol productionNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farm marketNot applicable2.0 spaces3.0 spaces
    Farm supply sales or farm machinery/implement sales, rental, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    Food hubNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Riding stableNot applicable1.0 per 2
    stalls
    1.0 per 2 stalls
    SawmillNot applicable1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area
    Open Space UsesArboretum or botanical garden, park or greenway, or public beach and public water-oriented recreational and educational areaNo minimum
    Household Living UsesArtists’ residential studiosNo minimum0.75 per DU1.0 per DU0.75 per DU1.5 per DU1.0 per DU1.5 per DU
    Conversion of a single-family detached dwelling to add a maximum of two (2) additional dwelling unitsNot applicable2.0 per DU3.0 per DU
    Dwelling, live-workNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU2 per DU2 per DU
    Dwelling, multifamilyNo minimum1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.2 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, single-family detachedNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, three-familyNo minimum1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.5 per DU
    Dwelling, townhouse1.0 per DU1.0 per DUNo minimum1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, two-familyNot applicable1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Manufactured home parkNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Mobile homeNot applicable1.5 per DU 2.0 per DU
    Group Living UsesApartment housing for elderly or physically disabled familiesNot applicable1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    Assisted living facility≤ 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    > 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space
    Boarding or rooming houseNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space0.5 spaces per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.0 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.5 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1 per guest room
    Convent or monasteryNot applicable1.0 per 4 residents1.0 per 4 residents
    Fraternity or sorority houseNot applicable1.0 per 3 residents; 1.0 per 4 residents if within one-quarter mile of designated college or university campus1.0 per 3 residents
    Group residential facilityNot applicable1.0 per 2 unitsNot applicable1.0 per 2 units1.0 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units
    Planned retirement communityNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU
    Private dormitory0.75 spaces per leased occupant if parking is included in lease agreements; 0.5 spaces per leased occupant if parking is not included in lease agreements and must be rented separately
    Communication UsesAntennaNo minimum
    Broadcasting studio and newspaper/periodical printing establishment1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating
    Tower, pole, or monopoleNo minimum
    Community Service UsesAdaptive use of a Historic SiteSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    Adult day care centerNot applicable1.0 per 4 occupants1.0 per 3 occupants
    Cultural facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Day care center for childrenNo minimum1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 12 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 10 children1.0 per 10 children
    Eleemosynary or philanthropic institution1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Emergency services facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Family child care home, largeNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Family child care home, smallNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Place of worship (regardless of lot size)1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Educational UsesAdaptive reuse of a surplus public schoolSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    College or universityNo minimum1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 500 SF GFA classroom and research space
    Driving schoolNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Private schoolNo minimum1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and aboveK-9: 1 space per 3 employees; Others: 1 space per 3 faculty1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 6 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above
    Vocational or trade schoolNo minimum1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)
    Water-dependent research facility operated by a government or educational institutionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Health Care UsesHospitalNo minimum1 space per 2 beds1 space per 2 beds1 space per bed1 space per 2 beds 1 space per bed 1 space per bed
    Health campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Medical or dental office or labNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling1.0 per 250 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling
    Medical/residential campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Nursing or care homeNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 bedsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    State-licensed medical clinicNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Transportation UsesAirfield, airpark, airport, or airstripNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Park and ride facilityTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Parking facilityNot applicable
    Parking of commercial vehiclesNot applicable1 space1 space
    Transit station or terminalTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Utility UsesSolar energy systems, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, majorNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, minorNo minimumNo minimumNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wind energy conversion system, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Adult UsesAdult entertainmentNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Adult book or video storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Animal Care UsesAnimal shelter1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Kennel (regardless of lot size)Not applicable1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Pet grooming establishment1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Veterinary hospital or clinic1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Arts and Artisanal Production UsesArt galleryNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Art, photography, music, dance, yoga, pilates, or martial arts studio or schoolsNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, artisan or makerNo minimum1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Tattoo or body piercing establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Business Support Service UsesConference or training centerNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space
    Day labor serviceNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Qualified data centerNot applicable3.0 per first 1,500 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 1,500 SF GFA up to 100,000 SF; then 0.20 per additional 1,000 SF above the first 100,000 SF
    All other business support usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Eating or Drinking Establishment UsesAlcohol production facility, small-scale; shared commercial kitchen; restaurant; and restaurant quick-service (without drive-through)No minimum6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Cannabis on-site consumption establishmentNot applicable
    Catering establishment2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Catering or food processing for off-site consumption2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Restaurant, quick-service (with drive-through)Not applicableNot applicableNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating areaNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Funeral and Mortuary Service UsesCemetery or crematoryNot applicable3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space
    Funeral parlor or undertaking establishmentNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    All other funeral and mortuary servicesNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    Office UsesContractor’s officeNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Office, general business and professionalNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Office parkNot applicable1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Personal Service UsesMassage establishmentNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Model studioNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other personal service usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation/ Entertainment Uses









    Amusement ParkNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Arena, stadium, or amphitheaterNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Cigar Club/LoungeNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area
    CinemaNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Club or lodge, privateNo minimum1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Commercial recreation attractionNot applicableDetermined as part of the special exception approval
    Commercial recreational facilities (privately owned) on land leased from a public agencyNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Country clubNot applicable1.0 per 3 seats1.0 per 3 seats
    Entertainment establishmentNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Golf courseNot applicable5.0 spaces per hole and 1.0 space per employee and 50 percent of spaces normally required for accessory uses
    Golf driving rangeNot applicable1.0 per tee plus 50 percent of retail requirements for auxiliary space (pro shop, concession, etc.)
    NightclubNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Nonprofit recreational useNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Performance arts centerNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seatsNot applicable1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Racetrack, pari-mutuelNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Recreation facility, indoorNo minimum3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation facility, outdoorNot applicableNo minimumNot applicableNo minimumNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Recreational or entertainment establishment of a commercial natureNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Rifle, pistol, or skeet shooting rangeIndoorNot applicable3.0 per lane or target and 1.0 per 2 employees
    Outdoor; lot area ≤ 20 acresNot applicable
    Outdoor; lot area > 20 acresNot applicable
    Skating facilityNot applicable1.0 per 4 patrons1.0 per 4 patrons
    Waterfront entertainment/retail complexNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAutomated teller machine (ATM), freestanding2.0 per ATM
    Bank or other financial institutionNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Cannabis dispensaryNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-dispensaryNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Check cashing businessNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Combination retailNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consumer goods establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Convenience storeNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Drug store or pharmacyNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farmers’ marketNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area
    Food and market hallNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Grocery store or food marketNo minimum1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Manufactured or modular home salesNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display areaNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    PawnshopNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Tobacco shop, electronic cigarette shop, or retail tobacco businessNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Shopping Centers25,000 to 399,999 SF of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    400,000 SF or more of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    Vehicle Sales and Service UsesCommercial fuel depotNot applicable1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Commercial vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Commercial vehicle sales and rental and Personal vehicle sales and rentalNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Gas stationNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA
    Heavy equipment sales, rental, servicing, or storageNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Personal vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Taxi or limousine service facilityNo minimum1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Vehicle parts or tire storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle paint finishing shop and vehicle or trailer storage yardNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle towing and wrecker serviceNot applicable2 customer spaces plus 1 space per employee
    Visitor Accommodation UsesBed and breakfast (as accessory to single-family dwelling)Not applicable1 per guest room, not to exceed 8 spaces
    Country innNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker
    Hotel or motelNo minimum1.0 per 2 guest rooms0.75 per guest room1.0 per guest roomNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space
    Recreational campgroundNot applicable1.0 per campsite
    Water-Related UsesBoat sales, rental, service, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area
    Boat storage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Marinas and marina expansionsNot applicable1.0 per 2 boat slips1.0 per boat slip
    Waterfront boat fuel salesNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Extraction UsesSand and gravel wet-processingNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Surface miningNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Industrial Service UsesBulk storage of gasolineNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Contractor’s yard, photographic processing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Dry-cleaning, laundry, or carpet-cleaning plantNot appliable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Fuel oil or bottled gas distributionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Landscaping contractor’s businessNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees and 1 per vehicle operated in connection with the use
    Printing or similar reproduction facility, small engine repair shopNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Liquid gas storageNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Research and developmentNo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFANo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    SlaughterhouseNot applicable1.5 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing UsesAbrasives and asbestos product manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Alcohol production facility, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Asphalt mixing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Beverage bottlingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cement manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete batching plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete or brick products manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Food processingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Heavy armament fabricationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, lightNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, heavyNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Paper and paperboard productsNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Warehouse and Freight Movement UsesCold storage plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consolidated storageNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage areaNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 3,000 SF rentable storage area; 4.0 per 1,000 SF office space; 2.0 per resident manager
    Distribution warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANo applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Motor freight facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Outdoor storage (as principal use)Not applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Storage warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SFNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF
    Warehouse showroomNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Resource Recovery and Waste Management UsesClass 3 fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Composting facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Concrete recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Electronic recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    JunkyardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Paper recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicleNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling of non-ferrous metalsNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling plantNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Sanitary landfill; rubble fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste processing facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste transfer stationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Vehicle salvage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wholesale UsesFood or beverage distribution at wholesaleNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other wholesale usesNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    TABLE 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Principal Use CategoryPrincipal Use TypeOff-Street Parking Standards
    RTO and LTO Zones
    (Base and PD)
    TAC Zone
    (Base and PD)
    NAC
    (Base and PD)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayAll Other Areas in the County
    CoreEdgeCoreEdge
    Agriculture/ Forestry UsesAgricultureNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area 1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area
    Cannabis growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3, 000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Community gardenNo minimum
    ForestryNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Keeping of horses or poniesNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Nursery and garden centerNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area
    Urban agricultureNo minimum
    Agriculture/ Forestry Related UsesAgriculture research facilityNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Equestrian centerNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Farm-based alcohol productionNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farm marketNot applicable2.0 spaces3.0 spaces
    Farm supply sales or farm machinery/implement sales, rental, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    Food hubNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Riding stableNot applicable1.0 per 2
    stalls
    1.0 per 2 stalls
    SawmillNot applicable1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area
    Open Space UsesArboretum or botanical garden, park or greenway, or public beach and public water-oriented recreational and educational areaNo minimum
    Household Living UsesArtists’ residential studiosNo minimum0.75 per DU1.0 per DU0.75 per DU1.5 per DU1.0 per DU1.5 per DU
    Conversion of a single-family detached dwelling to add a maximum of two (2) additional dwelling unitsNot applicable2.0 per DU3.0 per DU
    Dwelling, live-workNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU2 per DU2 per DU
    Dwelling, multifamilyNo minimum1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.2 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, single-family detachedNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, three-familyNo minimum1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.5 per DU
    Dwelling, townhouse1.0 per DU1.0 per DUNo minimum1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, two-familyNot applicable1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Manufactured home parkNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Mobile homeNot applicable1.5 per DU 2.0 per DU
    Group Living UsesApartment housing for elderly or physically disabled familiesNot applicable1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    Assisted living facility≤ 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    > 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space
    Boarding or rooming houseNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space0.5 spaces per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.0 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.5 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1 per guest room
    Convent or monasteryNot applicable1.0 per 4 residents1.0 per 4 residents
    Fraternity or sorority houseNot applicable1.0 per 3 residents; 1.0 per 4 residents if within one-quarter mile of designated college or university campus1.0 per 3 residents
    Group residential facilityNot applicable1.0 per 2 unitsNot applicable1.0 per 2 units1.0 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units
    Planned retirement communityNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU
    Private dormitory0.75 spaces per leased occupant if parking is included in lease agreements; 0.5 spaces per leased occupant if parking is not included in lease agreements and must be rented separately
    Communication UsesAntennaNo minimum
    Broadcasting studio and newspaper/periodical printing establishment1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating
    Tower, pole, or monopoleNo minimum
    Community Service UsesAdaptive use of a Historic SiteSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    Adult day care centerNot applicable1.0 per 4 occupants1.0 per 3 occupants
    Cultural facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Day care center for childrenNo minimum1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 12 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 10 children1.0 per 10 children
    Eleemosynary or philanthropic institution1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Emergency services facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Family child care home, largeNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Family child care home, smallNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Place of worship (regardless of lot size)1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Educational UsesAdaptive reuse of a surplus public schoolSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    College or universityNo minimum1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 500 SF GFA classroom and research space
    Driving schoolNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Private schoolNo minimum1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and aboveK-9: 1 space per 3 employees; Others: 1 space per 3 faculty1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 6 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above
    Vocational or trade schoolNo minimum1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)
    Water-dependent research facility operated by a government or educational institutionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Health Care UsesHospitalNo minimum1 space per 2 beds1 space per 2 beds1 space per bed1 space per 2 beds 1 space per bed 1 space per bed
    Health campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Medical or dental office or labNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling1.0 per 250 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling
    Medical/residential campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Nursing or care homeNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 bedsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    State-licensed medical clinicNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Transportation UsesAirfield, airpark, airport, or airstripNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Park and ride facilityTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Parking facilityNot applicable
    Parking of commercial vehiclesNot applicable1 space1 space
    Transit station or terminalTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Utility UsesSolar energy systems, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, majorNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, minorNo minimumNo minimumNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wind energy conversion system, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Adult UsesAdult entertainmentNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Adult book or video storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Animal Care UsesAnimal shelter1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Kennel (regardless of lot size)Not applicable1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Pet grooming establishment1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Veterinary hospital or clinic1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Arts and Artisanal Production UsesArt galleryNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Art, photography, music, dance, yoga, pilates, or martial arts studio or schoolsNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, artisan or makerNo minimum1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Tattoo or body piercing establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Business Support Service UsesConference or training centerNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space
    Day labor serviceNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Qualified data centerNot applicable3.0 per first 1,500 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 1,500 SF GFA up to 100,000 SF; then 0.20 per additional 1,000 SF above the first 100,000 SF
    All other business support usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Eating or Drinking Establishment UsesAlcohol production facility, small-scale; shared commercial kitchen; restaurant; and restaurant quick-service (without drive-through)No minimum6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Cannabis on-site consumption establishmentNot applicable
    Catering establishment2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Catering or food processing for off-site consumption2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Restaurant, quick-service (with drive-through)Not applicableNot applicableNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating areaNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Funeral and Mortuary Service UsesCemetery or crematoryNot applicable3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space
    Funeral parlor or undertaking establishmentNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    All other funeral and mortuary servicesNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    Office UsesContractor’s officeNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Office, general business and professionalNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Office parkNot applicable1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Personal Service UsesMassage establishmentNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Model studioNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other personal service usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation/ Entertainment Uses









    Amusement ParkNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Arena, stadium, or amphitheaterNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Cigar Club/LoungeNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area
    CinemaNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Club or lodge, privateNo minimum1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Commercial recreation attractionNot applicableDetermined as part of the special exception approval
    Commercial recreational facilities (privately owned) on land leased from a public agencyNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Country clubNot applicable1.0 per 3 seats1.0 per 3 seats
    Entertainment establishmentNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Golf courseNot applicable5.0 spaces per hole and 1.0 space per employee and 50 percent of spaces normally required for accessory uses
    Golf driving rangeNot applicable1.0 per tee plus 50 percent of retail requirements for auxiliary space (pro shop, concession, etc.)
    NightclubNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Nonprofit recreational useNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Performance arts centerNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seatsNot applicable1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Racetrack, pari-mutuelNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Recreation facility, indoorNo minimum3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation facility, outdoorNot applicableNo minimumNot applicableNo minimumNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Recreational or entertainment establishment of a commercial natureNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Rifle, pistol, or skeet shooting rangeIndoorNot applicable3.0 per lane or target and 1.0 per 2 employees
    Outdoor; lot area ≤ 20 acresNot applicable
    Outdoor; lot area > 20 acresNot applicable
    Skating facilityNot applicable1.0 per 4 patrons1.0 per 4 patrons
    Waterfront entertainment/retail complexNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAutomated teller machine (ATM), freestanding2.0 per ATM
    Bank or other financial institutionNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Cannabis dispensaryNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-dispensaryNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Check cashing businessNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Combination retailNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consumer goods establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Convenience storeNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Drug store or pharmacyNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farmers’ marketNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area
    Food and market hallNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Grocery store or food marketNo minimum1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Manufactured or modular home salesNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display areaNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    PawnshopNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Tobacco shop, electronic cigarette shop, or retail tobacco businessNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Shopping Centers25,000 to 399,999 SF of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    400,000 SF or more of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    Vehicle Sales and Service UsesCommercial fuel depotNot applicable1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Commercial vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Commercial vehicle sales and rental and Personal vehicle sales and rentalNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Gas stationNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA
    Heavy equipment sales, rental, servicing, or storageNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Personal vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Taxi or limousine service facilityNo minimum1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Vehicle parts or tire storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle paint finishing shop and vehicle or trailer storage yardNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle towing and wrecker serviceNot applicable2 customer spaces plus 1 space per employee
    Visitor Accommodation UsesBed and breakfast (as accessory to single-family dwelling)Not applicable1 per guest room, not to exceed 8 spaces
    Country innNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker
    Hotel or motelNo minimum1.0 per 2 guest rooms0.75 per guest room1.0 per guest roomNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space
    Recreational campgroundNot applicable1.0 per campsite
    Water-Related UsesBoat sales, rental, service, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area
    Boat storage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Marinas and marina expansionsNot applicable1.0 per 2 boat slips1.0 per boat slip
    Waterfront boat fuel salesNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Extraction UsesSand and gravel wet-processingNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Surface miningNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Industrial Service UsesBulk storage of gasolineNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Contractor’s yard, photographic processing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Dry-cleaning, laundry, or carpet-cleaning plantNot appliable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Fuel oil or bottled gas distributionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Landscaping contractor’s businessNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees and 1 per vehicle operated in connection with the use
    Printing or similar reproduction facility, small engine repair shopNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Liquid gas storageNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Research and developmentNo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFANo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    SlaughterhouseNot applicable1.5 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing UsesAbrasives and asbestos product manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Alcohol production facility, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Asphalt mixing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Beverage bottlingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cement manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete batching plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete or brick products manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Food processingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Heavy armament fabricationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, lightNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, heavyNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Paper and paperboard productsNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Warehouse and Freight Movement UsesCold storage plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consolidated storageNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage areaNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 3,000 SF rentable storage area; 4.0 per 1,000 SF office space; 2.0 per resident manager
    Distribution warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANo applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Motor freight facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Outdoor storage (as principal use)Not applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Storage warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SFNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF
    Warehouse showroomNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Resource Recovery and Waste Management UsesClass 3 fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Composting facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Concrete recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Electronic recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    JunkyardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Paper recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicleNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling of non-ferrous metalsNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling plantNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Sanitary landfill; rubble fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste processing facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste transfer stationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Vehicle salvage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wholesale UsesFood or beverage distribution at wholesaleNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other wholesale usesNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    TABLE 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    Principal Use CategoryPrincipal Use TypeOff-Street Parking Standards
    RTO and LTO Zones
    (Base and PD)
    TAC Zone
    (Base and PD)
    NAC
    (Base and PD)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayAll Other Areas in the County
    CoreEdgeCoreEdge
    Agriculture/ Forestry UsesAgricultureNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area 1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of office or sales area
    Cannabis growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-growerNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3, 000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Community gardenNo minimum
    ForestryNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Keeping of horses or poniesNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Nursery and garden centerNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA of sales area
    Urban agricultureNo minimum
    Agriculture/ Forestry Related UsesAgriculture research facilityNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Equestrian centerNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Farm-based alcohol productionNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farm marketNot applicable2.0 spaces3.0 spaces
    Farm supply sales or farm machinery/implement sales, rental, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    Food hubNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Riding stableNot applicable1.0 per 2
    stalls
    1.0 per 2 stalls
    SawmillNot applicable1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area1.0 spaces per 5,000 SF GFA office area
    Open Space UsesArboretum or botanical garden, park or greenway, or public beach and public water-oriented recreational and educational areaNo minimum
    Household Living UsesArtists’ residential studiosNo minimum0.75 per DU1.0 per DU0.75 per DU1.5 per DU1.0 per DU1.5 per DU
    Conversion of a single-family detached dwelling to add a maximum of two (2) additional dwelling unitsNot applicable2.0 per DU3.0 per DU
    Dwelling, live-workNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.0 per DU2 per DU2 per DU
    Dwelling, multifamilyNo minimum1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.2 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.0 per DU (all studio and 1 BR) to 1.35 per DU (all other unit types)1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, single-family detachedNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, three-familyNo minimum1.0 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.0 per DU1.2 per DU1.5 per DU
    Dwelling, townhouse1.0 per DU1.0 per DUNo minimum1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU2.0 per DU
    Dwelling, two-familyNot applicable1.5 per DU1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Manufactured home parkNot applicable1.5 per DU2.0 per DU
    Mobile homeNot applicable1.5 per DU 2.0 per DU
    Group Living UsesApartment housing for elderly or physically disabled familiesNot applicable1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    Assisted living facility≤ 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    > 8 elderly or handicapped residentsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space1.0 per 4 beds and 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of general office space
    Boarding or rooming houseNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space0.5 spaces per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.0 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1.5 per 2 guest rooms + 1.0 per 500 SF GFA of support space1 per guest room
    Convent or monasteryNot applicable1.0 per 4 residents1.0 per 4 residents
    Fraternity or sorority houseNot applicable1.0 per 3 residents; 1.0 per 4 residents if within one-quarter mile of designated college or university campus1.0 per 3 residents
    Group residential facilityNot applicable1.0 per 2 unitsNot applicable1.0 per 2 units1.0 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units1.5 per 2 units
    Planned retirement communityNot applicable1.0 per DU1.0 per DU
    Private dormitory0.75 spaces per leased occupant if parking is included in lease agreements; 0.5 spaces per leased occupant if parking is not included in lease agreements and must be rented separately
    Communication UsesAntennaNo minimum
    Broadcasting studio and newspaper/periodical printing establishment1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating1.0 per 400 SF GFA and 1.0 space per 4 seats of audience seating
    Tower, pole, or monopoleNo minimum
    Community Service UsesAdaptive use of a Historic SiteSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    Adult day care centerNot applicable1.0 per 4 occupants1.0 per 3 occupants
    Cultural facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Day care center for childrenNo minimum1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 12 children1.0 per 20 children1.0 per 10 children1.0 per 10 children
    Eleemosynary or philanthropic institution1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Emergency services facilityNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Family child care home, largeNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Family child care home, smallNot applicable1 per 6 children1 per 6 children
    Place of worship (regardless of lot size)1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Educational UsesAdaptive reuse of a surplus public schoolSee requirement for proposed use(s)
    College or universityNo minimum1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE1.0 per 3 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 1,000 SF GFA classroom and research space1.0 per 2 faculty/FTE plus 1 space per 500 SF GFA classroom and research space
    Driving schoolNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Private schoolNo minimum1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and aboveK-9: 1 space per 3 employees; Others: 1 space per 3 faculty1.0 per 10 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 8 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above1.0 per 6 students (design capacity) under 10th grade; 1.0 per 2 students 10th grade and above
    Vocational or trade schoolNo minimum1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 6 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)1 space per 3 persons (enrolled)
    Water-dependent research facility operated by a government or educational institutionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Health Care UsesHospitalNo minimum1 space per 2 beds1 space per 2 beds1 space per bed1 space per 2 beds 1 space per bed 1 space per bed
    Health campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Medical or dental office or labNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling1.0 per 250 SF GFA; 1.0 per 200 SF GFA when in a single-family dwelling
    Medical/residential campusNot applicable1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees1 per 4 beds, plus 1 space per 2 employees
    Nursing or care homeNo minimum1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 8 beds1.0 per 4 bedsNo minimum1.0 per 4 beds1.0 per 4 beds
    State-licensed medical clinicNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Transportation UsesAirfield, airpark, airport, or airstripNot applicableNo minimumNo minimum
    Park and ride facilityTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Parking facilityNot applicable
    Parking of commercial vehiclesNot applicable1 space1 space
    Transit station or terminalTo be determined by public transit agency plans and desired transit service levels at facility.
    Utility UsesSolar energy systems, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, majorNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)Not applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Public utility uses or structures, minorNo minimumNo minimumNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wind energy conversion system, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)1.0 per 500 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Adult UsesAdult entertainmentNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Adult book or video storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Animal Care UsesAnimal shelter1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Kennel (regardless of lot size)Not applicable1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Pet grooming establishment1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Veterinary hospital or clinic1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Arts and Artisanal Production UsesArt galleryNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Art, photography, music, dance, yoga, pilates, or martial arts studio or schoolsNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, artisan or makerNo minimum1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Tattoo or body piercing establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Business Support Service UsesConference or training centerNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 1.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA training or display space plus 2.0 per 1,000 GFA office or other administrative space
    Day labor serviceNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Qualified data centerNot applicable3.0 per first 1,500 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 1,500 SF GFA up to 100,000 SF; then 0.20 per additional 1,000 SF above the first 100,000 SF
    All other business support usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Eating or Drinking Establishment UsesAlcohol production facility, small-scale; shared commercial kitchen; restaurant; and restaurant quick-service (without drive-through)No minimum6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area6.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Cannabis on-site consumption establishmentNot applicable
    Catering establishment2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Catering or food processing for off-site consumption2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA; in addition, for catering with seating, 1.0 per 4 seats
    Restaurant, quick-service (with drive-through)Not applicableNot applicableNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating areaNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area or 3.0 spaces per 1,000 sq. ft. of GFA if no seating area
    Funeral and Mortuary Service UsesCemetery or crematoryNot applicable3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space3.0 spaces per acre of land used for grave space
    Funeral parlor or undertaking establishmentNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    All other funeral and mortuary servicesNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicableNot applicable1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)1.0 per 4 persons (legal occupancy)
    Office UsesContractor’s officeNot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Office, general business and professionalNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Office parkNot applicable1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA1.0 per 300, up to 1,500 SF GFA; 1 per 400 above 1,500 SF GFA
    Personal Service UsesMassage establishmentNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Model studioNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other personal service usesNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation/ Entertainment Uses









    Amusement ParkNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Arena, stadium, or amphitheaterNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Cigar Club/LoungeNot applicable8.0 per 1,000 SF seating area10.0 per 1,000 SF seating area
    CinemaNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Club or lodge, privateNo minimum1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA
    Commercial recreation attractionNot applicableDetermined as part of the special exception approval
    Commercial recreational facilities (privately owned) on land leased from a public agencyNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Country clubNot applicable1.0 per 3 seats1.0 per 3 seats
    Entertainment establishmentNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Golf courseNot applicable5.0 spaces per hole and 1.0 space per employee and 50 percent of spaces normally required for accessory uses
    Golf driving rangeNot applicable1.0 per tee plus 50 percent of retail requirements for auxiliary space (pro shop, concession, etc.)
    NightclubNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Nonprofit recreational useNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Performance arts centerNo minimum1.0 per 6 seats1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seatsNot applicable1.0 per 4 seats1.0 per 4 seats
    Racetrack, pari-mutuelNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Recreation facility, indoorNo minimum3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA5.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Recreation facility, outdoorNot applicableNo minimumNot applicableNo minimumNot applicable1.0 per 5 seats1.0 per 5 seats
    Recreational or entertainment establishment of a commercial natureNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA6.0 per 1,000 SF GFA10.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Rifle, pistol, or skeet shooting rangeIndoorNot applicable3.0 per lane or target and 1.0 per 2 employees
    Outdoor; lot area ≤ 20 acresNot applicable
    Outdoor; lot area > 20 acresNot applicable
    Skating facilityNot applicable1.0 per 4 patrons1.0 per 4 patrons
    Waterfront entertainment/retail complexNot applicableProvide alternative parking plan that demonstrates overall demand is met
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAutomated teller machine (ATM), freestanding2.0 per ATM
    Bank or other financial institutionNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 800 SF GFA1.0 per 500 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA
    Cannabis dispensaryNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-dispensaryNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicableNot applicableNot applicable2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Check cashing businessNot applicable2.5 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Combination retailNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consumer goods establishmentNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Convenience storeNo minimum1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Drug store or pharmacyNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Farmers’ marketNo minimum1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 500 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 800 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area1.0 per 1,000 SF of vending area
    Food and market hallNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Grocery store or food marketNo minimum1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 400 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 300 SF GFA1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Manufactured or modular home salesNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display areaNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF GFA of gross outdoor display area
    PawnshopNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Tobacco shop, electronic cigarette shop, or retail tobacco businessNo minimum2.0 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA2.5 per 1,000 SF GFA3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Shopping Centers25,000 to 399,999 SF of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    400,000 SF or more of gross leasable floor areaNot applicableAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 300 SF GFAAll uses other than office, medical office and theater: 1.0 per 250 SF GFA
    Not applicableMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 400 SF GFAMedical Office and Office: 1.0 per 300 SF GFA
    Not applicableTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seatsTheater: 1.0 per 4 seats; if at least 20 percent of shopping center gross leasable floor area is developed with office use, 1.0 per 6 seats
    Vehicle Sales and Service UsesCommercial fuel depotNot applicable1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Commercial vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Commercial vehicle sales and rental and Personal vehicle sales and rentalNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Gas stationNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFANot applicable1.0 per 600 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA1.0 300 SF GFA
    Heavy equipment sales, rental, servicing, or storageNot applicable2 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of building
    Personal vehicle repair and maintenanceNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Taxi or limousine service facilityNo minimum1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee1.0 per employee
    Vehicle parts or tire storeNot applicable3.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle paint finishing shop and vehicle or trailer storage yardNot applicable4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA4.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Vehicle towing and wrecker serviceNot applicable2 customer spaces plus 1 space per employee
    Visitor Accommodation UsesBed and breakfast (as accessory to single-family dwelling)Not applicable1 per guest room, not to exceed 8 spaces
    Country innNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker1.0 per guest room and 1.0 per resident caretaker
    Hotel or motelNo minimum1.0 per 2 guest rooms0.75 per guest room1.0 per guest roomNot applicable1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space1.0 per guest room and 1 per 500 SF GFA of auxiliary space
    Recreational campgroundNot applicable1.0 per campsite
    Water-Related UsesBoat sales, rental, service, or repairNot applicable1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area1.0 per 2,500 SF of gross outdoor display area
    Boat storage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Marinas and marina expansionsNot applicable1.0 per 2 boat slips1.0 per boat slip
    Waterfront boat fuel salesNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA of office or indoor space
    Extraction UsesSand and gravel wet-processingNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Surface miningNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Industrial Service UsesBulk storage of gasolineNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Contractor’s yard, photographic processing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Dry-cleaning, laundry, or carpet-cleaning plantNot appliable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Fuel oil or bottled gas distributionNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Landscaping contractor’s businessNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees and 1 per vehicle operated in connection with the use
    Printing or similar reproduction facility, small engine repair shopNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Liquid gas storageNot applicable1.0 per 2 employees1.0 per 2 employees
    Research and developmentNo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFANo minimum1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 space per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    SlaughterhouseNot applicable1.5 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing UsesAbrasives and asbestos product manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Alcohol production facility, large-scaleNot applicable1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Asphalt mixing plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Beverage bottlingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cannabis micro-processorNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF  GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA1.0 per 600 SF up to  3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF GFA
    Cement manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete batching plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Concrete or brick products manufacturingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Food processingNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Heavy armament fabricationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, lightNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Manufacturing, assembly, or fabrication, heavyNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Paper and paperboard productsNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Warehouse and Freight Movement UsesCold storage plantNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Consolidated storageNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage areaNot applicable1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 4,000 SF rentable storage area1.0 per 3,000 SF rentable storage area; 4.0 per 1,000 SF office space; 2.0 per resident manager
    Distribution warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFANo applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    Motor freight facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Outdoor storage (as principal use)Not applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Storage warehouseNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SFNot applicable1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF1.0 per 600 SF up to 3,000 SF GFA; then 1.0 per additional 3,000 SF
    Warehouse showroomNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFANot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA
    Resource Recovery and Waste Management UsesClass 3 fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Composting facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Concrete recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Electronic recycling facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    JunkyardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Paper recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling collection centerNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicleNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling of non-ferrous metalsNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Recycling plantNot applicable1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces1.0 per attendant plus 1.0 per commercial vehicle; minimum of 10 spaces
    Sanitary landfill; rubble fillNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste processing facilityNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Solid waste transfer stationNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Vehicle salvage yardNot applicable2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)2.0 spaces per 1,000 SF GFA (office facilities)
    Wholesale UsesFood or beverage distribution at wholesaleNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    All other wholesale usesNot applicable1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA1.0 per 1,000 SF GFA
    1. (b)
      Unlisted Uses

      An applicant proposing to develop a use that is unlisted in Table 27-6305(a), Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, shall propose the amount of required parking by one of the three methods outlined in this Subsection. On receiving the application proposing to develop a use not expressly listed in Table 27-6305(a), with the proposed amount of parking, the Planning Director shall:

      1. (1)
        Apply the minimum off-street parking space requirement specified in Table 27-6305(a) for the listed use that is deemed most similar to the proposed use;
      2. (2)
        Establish the minimum off-street parking space requirement by reference to resources published by the Institute for Transportation Engineers (ITE), or other sources; or
      3. (3)
        Require the applicant to conduct a parking demand study to demonstrate the appropriate minimum off-street parking space requirement. The study shall estimate parking demand based on an acceptable source of parking demand data. This demand study shall include relevant data collected from uses or combinations of uses that are the same or comparable to the proposed use in terms of density, scale, bulk, area, type of activity, and location.
    2. (c)
      Mixed-Use Developments and Shared Parking
      1. (1)
        Developments consisting of a mix of uses shall provide parking based on their potential to share parking between uses and thus reduce the overall parking footprint that would result from each individual use meeting minimum standards. This includes, but is not limited to:
        1. (A)
          Developments containing more than one principal institutional or commercial use; or
        2. (B)
          One or more institutional or commercial uses along with at least one residential use; or
        3. (C)
          Multiple industrial uses on a single property classified within the IH Zone; or
        4. (D)
          Multiple industrial uses on one or more adjoining properties under the same ownership, and which are located not more than 1,000 feet away from each other, in the IH Zone.
      2. (2)
        These developments shall provide parking spaces using the following shared parking method:
        1. (A)
          Applicant determines the minimum parking requirement in accordance with Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, for each component principal use in the development.
        2. (B)
          Applicant applies the time-of-day demand factors for each of the component uses in accordance with Table 27-6305(c)(1): Shared Parking Calculation, Time-of-Day Demand Factors. These represent the time-specific peak demand levels expected for each principal use.
        3. (C)
          Applicant calculates the sum of each column in the resulting table (rounding down all fractions). These sums represent the total estimated shared demand for each time period throughout a typical day.
        4. (D)
          Applicant uses the highest of these sums as the amount of parking required for the development. (This may be subject to further reduction factors and allowances described further in this Section.)
        1.  
          1. (i)
            For any shared parking that includes an industrial use, the highest sum shall be greater than or equal to the minimum parking requirement for the use with the largest gross floor area. If the highest sum is less than the minimum parking requirement for the largest use, then the minimum parking requirement of the use with the largest gross floor area shall be required.
        1. (E)
          An approved shared parking arrangement shall be enforced through written agreement among all the owners or long-term lessees of lands containing the uses proposed to share off-street parking spaces. The agreement shall provide all parties the right to joint use of the shared parking area for at least 10 years, and include provisions for extending the agreement after that period of time. The agreement shall be submitted to the Planning Director, who shall forward it to any municipality in which the development for which a shared parking arrangement is proposed is located, for review and comment, and then to the appropriate attorney for the County for review and approval before execution. An attested copy of an approved and executed agreement shall be recorded in the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for any use to be served by the shared parking area. The agreement shall be considered a restriction running with the land and shall bind the owners or long-term lessees of lands containing the uses proposed to share off-street parking spaces, and their heirs, successors, and assigns. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of the Ordinance, which may be enforced in accordance with PART 27-8, Enforcement.
    Table 27-6305(c)(1): Shared Parking Calculation,
    Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office20%100%20%0%10%0%
    Retail/ Commercial0%100%80%0%100%60%
    Eating or Drinking Establishment20%80%100%20%80%100%
    Residential100%60%100%100%80%100%
    Hotel/Motel100%60%100%100%60%100%
    Personal Services20%100%40%0%60%0%
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0%60%100%0%80%100%
    Industrial Uses15%15%15%15%15%15%
    All Other UsesUse 100% of requirements from Table 27-6305(a)
    Table 27-6305(c)(1): Shared Parking Calculation,
    Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office20%100%20%0%10%0%
    Retail/ Commercial0%100%80%0%100%60%
    Eating or Drinking Establishment20%80%100%20%80%100%
    Residential100%60%100%100%80%100%
    Hotel/Motel100%60%100%100%60%100%
    Personal Services20%100%40%0%60%0%
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0%60%100%0%80%100%
    Industrial Uses15%15%15%15%15%15%
    All Other UsesUse 100% of requirements from Table 27-6305(a)
    Table 27-6305(c)(1): Shared Parking Calculation,
    Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office20%100%20%0%10%0%
    Retail/ Commercial0%100%80%0%100%60%
    Eating or Drinking Establishment20%80%100%20%80%100%
    Residential100%60%100%100%80%100%
    Hotel/Motel100%60%100%100%60%100%
    Personal Services20%100%40%0%60%0%
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0%60%100%0%80%100%
    Industrial Uses15%15%15%15%15%15%
    All Other UsesUse 100% of requirements from Table 27-6305(a)
    Table 27-6305(c)(1): Shared Parking Calculation,
    Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office20%100%20%0%10%0%
    Retail/ Commercial0%100%80%0%100%60%
    Eating or Drinking Establishment20%80%100%20%80%100%
    Residential100%60%100%100%80%100%
    Hotel/Motel100%60%100%100%60%100%
    Personal Services20%100%40%0%60%0%
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0%60%100%0%80%100%
    Industrial Uses15%15%15%15%15%15%
    All Other UsesUse 100% of requirements from Table 27-6305(a)
    1.  
      1. (3)
        As an example of how this shared parking requirement is computed, consider the following hypothetical mixed-use development proposal, located in the core area of a Town Activity Center (TAC-Core) zone: 15,000 SF Office; 15,000 SF Conference/Meeting Space; 10,000 SF General Retail (Consumer Goods); 100 multifamily dwelling units; and 120 hotel rooms.
        1. (A)
          Minimum requirements for each of these uses would be as follows:
    UseMinimum Parking Spaces Required
    Office38
    Conference/Meeting Space (uses Conference or Training Center use in Parking Table)30
    General Retail25
    Multifamily Dwelling Units120
    Hotel Rooms90
    UseMinimum Parking Spaces Required
    Office38
    Conference/Meeting Space (uses Conference or Training Center use in Parking Table)30
    General Retail25
    Multifamily Dwelling Units120
    Hotel Rooms90
    UseMinimum Parking Spaces Required
    Office38
    Conference/Meeting Space (uses Conference or Training Center use in Parking Table)30
    General Retail25
    Multifamily Dwelling Units120
    Hotel Rooms90
    UseMinimum Parking Spaces Required
    Office38
    Conference/Meeting Space (uses Conference or Training Center use in Parking Table)30
    General Retail25
    Multifamily Dwelling Units120
    Hotel Rooms90
    1.  
      1.  
        1. (B)
          Applying these minimum requirements to the shared parking methodology would yield the need for 268 spaces, as shown in Table 27-6305(c)(3): Example Shared Parking Calculation, Time-of-Day Demand Factors. Without using the sharing calculation methodology, the development would require 303 spaces, an additional 35 over the shared approach.
    Table 27-6305(c)(3): Example Shared Parking Calculation, Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office8388040
    Retail/ Commercial0252002515
    Eating or Drinking Establishment------
    Residential1207212012096120
    Hotel/Motel905490905490
    Personal Services------
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0183002430
    SUM OF ALL SPACES218207268210203255
    Table 27-6305(c)(3): Example Shared Parking Calculation, Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office8388040
    Retail/ Commercial0252002515
    Eating or Drinking Establishment------
    Residential1207212012096120
    Hotel/Motel905490905490
    Personal Services------
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0183002430
    SUM OF ALL SPACES218207268210203255
    Table 27-6305(c)(3): Example Shared Parking Calculation, Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office8388040
    Retail/ Commercial0252002515
    Eating or Drinking Establishment------
    Residential1207212012096120
    Hotel/Motel905490905490
    Personal Services------
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0183002430
    SUM OF ALL SPACES218207268210203255
    Table 27-6305(c)(3): Example Shared Parking Calculation, Time-of-Day Demand Factors
    UseWeekday, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekday, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekday, 6:00 pm – 2:00 amWeekend, 2:00 am – 7:00 amWeekend, 7:00 am – 6:00 pmWeekend, 6:00 pm – 2:00 am
    Office8388040
    Retail/ Commercial0252002515
    Eating or Drinking Establishment------
    Residential1207212012096120
    Hotel/Motel905490905490
    Personal Services------
    Conference Center or Meeting Space0183002430
    SUM OF ALL SPACES218207268210203255
    1.  
      1. (4)
        An approved shared parking arrangement shall be enforced through written agreement among all the owners or long-term lessees of lands containing the uses proposed to share off-street parking spaces. The agreement shall provide all parties the right to joint use of the shared parking area for at least 10 years, and include provisions for extending the agreement after that period of time. The agreement shall be submitted to the Planning Director, who shall forward it to any municipality in which the development for which a shared parking arrangement is proposed is located, for review and comment, and then to the appropriate attorney for the County for review and approval before execution. An attested copy of an approved and executed agreement shall be recorded in the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for any use to be served by the shared parking area. The agreement shall be considered a restriction running with the land and shall bind the owners or long-term lessees of lands containing the uses proposed to share off-street parking spaces, and their heirs, successors, and assigns. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of the Ordinance, which may be enforced in accordance with PART 27-8, Enforcement.
      2. (5)
        These provisions shall not limit the opportunity to reduce the minimum number of required off-street parking spaces through approval of an alternative parking plan that justifies the feasibility of shared parking (see Section 27-6307(c), Shared Parking for Single-Use Developments) or through other provisions of this ordinance.
    1. (d)
      Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces

      The maximum number of off-street parking spaces allowed is listed in Table 27-6305(d): Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces. Existing parking areas in excess of this maximum shall not be required to remove excess parking.

    Table 27-6305(d): Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    ZoneUseMaximum Number of Parking Spaces Allowed as a
    Percentage of Minimum (1)(2)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayOutside the Capital Beltway
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zonesSee Section 27-4204(a)(1)(E)(ii), Maximum Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces,
    All other base zonesAny use listed under the Commercial use classification125 percent140 percent
    Mixed-use development125 percent
    All other usesNo requirementNo requirement
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Each percentage listed is the percentage of the minimum number of parking spaces required in accordance with Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces. The maximum number of allowed spaces shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Parking spaces in structured parking facilities do not count toward the maximum allowed.
    2. (2)
      In the event there is no minimum number of parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, the maximum amount of off-street parking spaces allowed shall not exceed 1.0 spaces for every 150 sq. ft. of the first 3,000 sq. ft. of gross floor area (GFA) plus an additional 1.0 spaces for every 200 sq. ft. of GFA above the first 3,000 sq. ft.
    Table 27-6305(d): Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    ZoneUseMaximum Number of Parking Spaces Allowed as a
    Percentage of Minimum (1)(2)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayOutside the Capital Beltway
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zonesSee Section 27-4204(a)(1)(E)(ii), Maximum Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces,
    All other base zonesAny use listed under the Commercial use classification125 percent140 percent
    Mixed-use development125 percent
    All other usesNo requirementNo requirement
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Each percentage listed is the percentage of the minimum number of parking spaces required in accordance with Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces. The maximum number of allowed spaces shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Parking spaces in structured parking facilities do not count toward the maximum allowed.
    2. (2)
      In the event there is no minimum number of parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, the maximum amount of off-street parking spaces allowed shall not exceed 1.0 spaces for every 150 sq. ft. of the first 3,000 sq. ft. of gross floor area (GFA) plus an additional 1.0 spaces for every 200 sq. ft. of GFA above the first 3,000 sq. ft.
    Table 27-6305(d): Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    ZoneUseMaximum Number of Parking Spaces Allowed as a
    Percentage of Minimum (1)(2)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayOutside the Capital Beltway
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zonesSee Section 27-4204(a)(1)(E)(ii), Maximum Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces,
    All other base zonesAny use listed under the Commercial use classification125 percent140 percent
    Mixed-use development125 percent
    All other usesNo requirementNo requirement
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Each percentage listed is the percentage of the minimum number of parking spaces required in accordance with Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces. The maximum number of allowed spaces shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Parking spaces in structured parking facilities do not count toward the maximum allowed.
    2. (2)
      In the event there is no minimum number of parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, the maximum amount of off-street parking spaces allowed shall not exceed 1.0 spaces for every 150 sq. ft. of the first 3,000 sq. ft. of gross floor area (GFA) plus an additional 1.0 spaces for every 200 sq. ft. of GFA above the first 3,000 sq. ft.
    Table 27-6305(d): Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces
    ZoneUseMaximum Number of Parking Spaces Allowed as a
    Percentage of Minimum (1)(2)
    Inside the Capital BeltwayOutside the Capital Beltway
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zonesSee Section 27-4204(a)(1)(E)(ii), Maximum Off-Street Vehicle Parking Spaces,
    All other base zonesAny use listed under the Commercial use classification125 percent140 percent
    Mixed-use development125 percent
    All other usesNo requirementNo requirement
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Each percentage listed is the percentage of the minimum number of parking spaces required in accordance with Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces. The maximum number of allowed spaces shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Parking spaces in structured parking facilities do not count toward the maximum allowed.
    2. (2)
      In the event there is no minimum number of parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, the maximum amount of off-street parking spaces allowed shall not exceed 1.0 spaces for every 150 sq. ft. of the first 3,000 sq. ft. of gross floor area (GFA) plus an additional 1.0 spaces for every 200 sq. ft. of GFA above the first 3,000 sq. ft.
    1. (e)
      Electric Vehicle (EV) Charging Stations
      1. (1)
        Parking spaces used as EV charging stations shall consist as one or more group(s) of contiguous spaces located where they can be readily identified by drivers of EV vehicles (e.g., through directional signage), but where their use by non-electric vehicles is discouraged. EV charging for commercial purposes is prohibited at an EV charging station located at a residential development.
      2. (2)
        Minimum EV Parking Spaces
        1. (A)
          On or after January 1, 2027, all new developments of the multifamily dwelling principal use type shall provide the minimum number of EV-Ready and EVSE-Installed parking spaces in accordance with Table 27-6305(e): Minimum EV Parking Spaces.
        2. (B)
          On or after January 1, 2027, all new developments of office uses shall provide a minimum number of EV-Ready and EVSE-Installed parking spaces in accordance with Table 27-6305(e): Minimum EV Parking Spaces.
        3. (C)
          On or after January 1, 2027, all new mixed-use developments shall provide a minimum number of EV-Ready and EVSE-Installed parking spaces in accordance with Table 27-6305(e): Minimum EV Parking Spaces.
        4. (D)
          The number of parking spaces required under Subsections (A), (B) and (C) above shall be calculated as a percentage of the minimum number of spaces required by section 27-6305(a).

    Table 27-6305(e): Minimum EV Parking Spaces

    USE

    EV-Ready

    Parking Spaces Required

    EVSE-Installed

    Parking Spaces Required

    Uses in the Office Uses Principal Use Category

    10%

    5%

    The Multifamily Dwelling Principal Use Type

    10%

    5%

    Mixed Use Developments

    10%

    5%

    Table 27-6305(e): Minimum EV Parking Spaces

    USE

    EV-Ready

    Parking Spaces Required

    EVSE-Installed

    Parking Spaces Required

    Uses in the Office Uses Principal Use Category

    10%

    5%

    The Multifamily Dwelling Principal Use Type

    10%

    5%

    Mixed Use Developments

    10%

    5%

    Table 27-6305(e): Minimum EV Parking Spaces

    USE

    EV-Ready

    Parking Spaces Required

    EVSE-Installed

    Parking Spaces Required

    Uses in the Office Uses Principal Use Category

    10%

    5%

    The Multifamily Dwelling Principal Use Type

    10%

    5%

    Mixed Use Developments

    10%

    5%

    Table 27-6305(e): Minimum EV Parking Spaces

    USE

    EV-Ready

    Parking Spaces Required

    EVSE-Installed

    Parking Spaces Required

    Uses in the Office Uses Principal Use Category

    10%

    5%

    The Multifamily Dwelling Principal Use Type

    10%

    5%

    Mixed Use Developments

    10%

    5%

    1.  
      1.  
        1. (E)
          Developments subject to Subsections (A), (B) and (C) above shall have at least one (1) parking space equipped with an accessible charging station.
          1. (i)
            Accessible charging stations should be in close proximity to the building entrance and shall be connected to a barrier-free accessible route of travel.
          2. (ii)
            Accessible charging stations shall be maintained in compliance with accessibility guidelines under the Americans with Disabilities Act.
          3. (iii)
            It is not necessary to designate the accessible electric vehicle charging station exclusively for the use of persons with disabilities.
        2. (F)
          EVSE provided in accordance with Subsections (A), (B) and (C) above must provide Level 2 or higher charging capacity.
        3. (G)
          EV-Ready and EVSE-Installed parking spaces may be included in calculating the minimum required parking spaces in accordance with Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces.
    2. (f)
      Driveways Used to Satisfy Standards

      For single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouse dwellings, and three-family dwellings, driveways may be used to satisfy minimum off-street parking space standards, provided a minimum of 19 feet of driveway length is available outside a street right-of-way or sidewalk to store the length of a general purpose vehicle and satisfy the standards of this Section and this Ordinance.

    3. (g)
      Visitor Parking

      Visitor parking spaces shall be provided for all residential and mixed-use development of at least 20 dwelling units. Such visitor parking spaces shall be provided at a minimum ratio of 1 visitor parking space for every 20 dwelling units or fraction thereof, rounded up.

    4. (h)
      Parking of Vehicles Owned or Used by the Occupants of the Premises or Their Bona Fide Guests
      1. (1)
        Private passenger vehicles shall be permitted in all zones.
      2. (2)
        The parking of the following vehicles shall be permitted in the ROS, AG, AR, RE, RR, RSF-65, RSF-95, and RMH Zones subject to the provisions of this Subsection:
        1. (A)
          Boats;
        2. (B)
          Boat trailers;
        3. (C)
          Camping trailer (unoccupied), not to exceed one per lot or parcel; and/or
        4. (D)
          Not more than 1 commercial vehicle:
          1. (i)
            If parked on the premises, having a maximum manufacturer's gross vehicle weight specification of up to 8,500 pounds, no advertising (other than a firm name or similar designation not exceeding 4 inches high), and excluding vehicles exceeding 300 cubic feet of load space, stake platform trucks, dump trucks, crane or tow trucks, and vehicles with dual rear axles; or
          2. (ii)
            The commercial vehicle does not exceed a maximum manufacturer’s gross vehicle weight specification of 17,000 pounds, and which may include unlimited advertising on the side of the vehicle, and shall be parked within a wholly enclosed private parking garage.

    (CB-068-2022; CB-028-2024; CB-015-2024; CB-067-2024; CB-027-2025; CB-065-2025)

    27-6306. Dimensional Standards for Parking Spaces and Aisles

  • (a)
    General

    Except as otherwise provided in Section 27-6306(b) below, standard vehicle parking spaces and parking lot aisles shall comply with the minimum dimensional standards established in Table 27-6306(a), Minimum Dimensional Standards for Parking Spaces and Aisles. See Figure 27-6306(a).2: Measurement of Parking Space and Aisle Dimension.

  • Table 27-6306(a): Minimum Dimensional Standards for Parking Spaces and Aisles (1)
    Parking Angle (degrees)Stall Width (ft)Stall Depth Perpendicular to Curb (ft)Aisle Width (ft) (2)Stall Length along Curb (ft)Double Row + Aisle, Curb to Curb (Ft)
    ABCDEF
    Residential, Public, Civic, and Institutional, and Commercial Uses ONLY
    0 (parallel parking)88112227
    45919121350
    60920151050
    9091822958
    Compact Spaces816118/16 (3)27
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Refer to Figure 27-6306(a).2, below, for illustrations showing how dimensions for parking spaces and aisles in various configurations (A-F) are measured.
    2. (2)
      For one-way traffic. Aisles for two-way traffic shall be at least 22 feet wide (for all parking angles). The Planning Director may approve an aisle width less than the minimum on determining that the aisle is sufficiently wide to allow vehicles to conveniently maneuver through the parking area and access each parking space without driving through any other parking space.
    3. (3)
      Stall length for compact spaces shall be 8 feet when the parking angle is 90 degrees and 16 feet when the parking angle is 0 degrees (parallel parking). For 45 or 60 degree parking angles, the stall length shall be the same as for standard parking spaces.
    Table 27-6306(a): Minimum Dimensional Standards for Parking Spaces and Aisles (1)
    Parking Angle (degrees)Stall Width (ft)Stall Depth Perpendicular to Curb (ft)Aisle Width (ft) (2)Stall Length along Curb (ft)Double Row + Aisle, Curb to Curb (Ft)
    ABCDEF
    Residential, Public, Civic, and Institutional, and Commercial Uses ONLY
    0 (parallel parking)88112227
    45919121350
    60920151050
    9091822958
    Compact Spaces816118/16 (3)27
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Refer to Figure 27-6306(a).2, below, for illustrations showing how dimensions for parking spaces and aisles in various configurations (A-F) are measured.
    2. (2)
      For one-way traffic. Aisles for two-way traffic shall be at least 22 feet wide (for all parking angles). The Planning Director may approve an aisle width less than the minimum on determining that the aisle is sufficiently wide to allow vehicles to conveniently maneuver through the parking area and access each parking space without driving through any other parking space.
    3. (3)
      Stall length for compact spaces shall be 8 feet when the parking angle is 90 degrees and 16 feet when the parking angle is 0 degrees (parallel parking). For 45 or 60 degree parking angles, the stall length shall be the same as for standard parking spaces.
    Table 27-6306(a): Minimum Dimensional Standards for Parking Spaces and Aisles (1)
    Parking Angle (degrees)Stall Width (ft)Stall Depth Perpendicular to Curb (ft)Aisle Width (ft) (2)Stall Length along Curb (ft)Double Row + Aisle, Curb to Curb (Ft)
    ABCDEF
    Residential, Public, Civic, and Institutional, and Commercial Uses ONLY
    0 (parallel parking)88112227
    45919121350
    60920151050
    9091822958
    Compact Spaces816118/16 (3)27
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Refer to Figure 27-6306(a).2, below, for illustrations showing how dimensions for parking spaces and aisles in various configurations (A-F) are measured.
    2. (2)
      For one-way traffic. Aisles for two-way traffic shall be at least 22 feet wide (for all parking angles). The Planning Director may approve an aisle width less than the minimum on determining that the aisle is sufficiently wide to allow vehicles to conveniently maneuver through the parking area and access each parking space without driving through any other parking space.
    3. (3)
      Stall length for compact spaces shall be 8 feet when the parking angle is 90 degrees and 16 feet when the parking angle is 0 degrees (parallel parking). For 45 or 60 degree parking angles, the stall length shall be the same as for standard parking spaces.
    Table 27-6306(a): Minimum Dimensional Standards for Parking Spaces and Aisles (1)
    Parking Angle (degrees)Stall Width (ft)Stall Depth Perpendicular to Curb (ft)Aisle Width (ft) (2)Stall Length along Curb (ft)Double Row + Aisle, Curb to Curb (Ft)
    ABCDEF
    Residential, Public, Civic, and Institutional, and Commercial Uses ONLY
    0 (parallel parking)88112227
    45919121350
    60920151050
    9091822958
    Compact Spaces816118/16 (3)27
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Refer to Figure 27-6306(a).2, below, for illustrations showing how dimensions for parking spaces and aisles in various configurations (A-F) are measured.
    2. (2)
      For one-way traffic. Aisles for two-way traffic shall be at least 22 feet wide (for all parking angles). The Planning Director may approve an aisle width less than the minimum on determining that the aisle is sufficiently wide to allow vehicles to conveniently maneuver through the parking area and access each parking space without driving through any other parking space.
    3. (3)
      Stall length for compact spaces shall be 8 feet when the parking angle is 90 degrees and 16 feet when the parking angle is 0 degrees (parallel parking). For 45 or 60 degree parking angles, the stall length shall be the same as for standard parking spaces.
    Figure 27-6306(a).2: Measurement of Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions
    Parking Space and Aisle Dimensions
    1. (b)
      Smaller Parking Spaces for Tandem Parking and Certain Uses

      The dimensions of off-street parking stalls may be reduced to a width of eight feet and a depth/length of 18 feet per vehicle where the parking stalls are:

      1. (1)
        Used for tandem parking (see Section 27-6307(g), Valet and Tandem Parking); or
      2. (2)
        Located within a development containing exclusively Industrial Services Uses, Manufacturing Uses, or Warehouse and Freight Movement Uses.
    2. (c)
      Vertical Clearance

      All off-street parking spaces shall have a minimum overhead clearance of 7 feet for vehicle parking, with a minimum overhead clearance of 8.5 feet for van-accessible parking.

    3. (d)
      Compact Parking Spaces
      1. (1)
        Up to one-half (1/2) of the required number of parking spaces in any parking lot may be compact car spaces. Any parking spaces provided in any lot, in excess of the number required, may also be compact car spaces.
      2. (2)
        All compact car spaces shall be marked as such.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6307. Off-Street Parking Alternatives

  • (a)
    General; Alternative Parking Plan
    1. (1)
      An alternative parking plan that proposes alternatives to providing the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, may be submitted with a development application for a special exception (Section 27-3604), detailed site plan (Section 27-3605), temporary use permit (Section 27-3607), use and occupancy permit (Section 27-3608), or building permit (Section 27-3611) and may be approved by the Planning Director, except in the case of a special exception where the Planning Director shall make a recommendation on, and the ZHE may approve, such alternative parking plan application(s), in accordance with the standards listed below.
    2. (2)
      An alternative parking plan may include any one or combination of the following:
      1. (A)
        Provision of more parking spaces than the maximum allowed in accordance with Section 27-6307(b);
      2. (B)
        Sharing of parking spaces in accordance with Section 27-6307(c)
      3. (C)
        Off-site parking spaces in accordance with Section 27-6307(d);
      4. (D)
        On-street parking spaces in accordance with Section 27-6307(e);
      5. (E)
        Deferred parking spaces in accordance with Section 27-6307(f); and
      6. (F)
        Valet and tandem parking in accordance with Section 27-6307(g).
  • (b)
    Provision over Maximum Allowed

    An alternative parking plan prepared specifically for the proposed plan for development may propose to exceed the maximum number of off-street parking spaces allowed in Section 27-6305(d), Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, in accordance with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Parking Demand Study

      The alternative parking plan shall include a parking demand study demonstrating how the maximum number of parking spaces allowed by Section 27-6305(d), Maximum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, is insufficient for the proposed development.

  • (c)
    Shared Parking for Single-Use Developments

    An applicant for a single-use development may use an alternative parking plan to meet a portion of the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required in Section 27-6305(a) for that use through sharing parking with other existing uses. Such use of shared parking shall be allowed in accordance with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Maximum Shared Spaces

      Up to 75 percent of the number of parking spaces required for the use may be shared with other uses, provided that parking demands do not overlap as defined in Table 27-6305(c)(1) of Section 27-6305(c), Mixed-Use Developments and Shared Parking.

    2. (2)
      Location
      1. (A)
        Shared parking spaces shall be located within a maximum walking distance of the primary pedestrian entrances to the uses served by the parking, in accordance with Table 27-6307(c)(2): Allowed Distances for Shared and Off-site Parking.
  • Table 27-6307(c)(2): Allowed Distances for Shared and Off-site Parking
    Primary UseMaximum Allowed Distance (feet)(1)
    Residential660
    Retail800
    Mixed-use800
    Office1,320
    Industrial Uses1,320
    All Others1,320
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Distance shall be measured by the actual distance of the pedestrian path from the shared parking area to the primary pedestrian entrance(s), not a straight-line, point-to-point distance.
    Table 27-6307(c)(2): Allowed Distances for Shared and Off-site Parking
    Primary UseMaximum Allowed Distance (feet)(1)
    Residential660
    Retail800
    Mixed-use800
    Office1,320
    Industrial Uses1,320
    All Others1,320
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Distance shall be measured by the actual distance of the pedestrian path from the shared parking area to the primary pedestrian entrance(s), not a straight-line, point-to-point distance.
    Table 27-6307(c)(2): Allowed Distances for Shared and Off-site Parking
    Primary UseMaximum Allowed Distance (feet)(1)
    Residential660
    Retail800
    Mixed-use800
    Office1,320
    Industrial Uses1,320
    All Others1,320
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Distance shall be measured by the actual distance of the pedestrian path from the shared parking area to the primary pedestrian entrance(s), not a straight-line, point-to-point distance.
    Table 27-6307(c)(2): Allowed Distances for Shared and Off-site Parking
    Primary UseMaximum Allowed Distance (feet)(1)
    Residential660
    Retail800
    Mixed-use800
    Office1,320
    Industrial Uses1,320
    All Others1,320
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Distance shall be measured by the actual distance of the pedestrian path from the shared parking area to the primary pedestrian entrance(s), not a straight-line, point-to-point distance.
    1.  
      1.  
        1. (B)
          Shared parking spaces shall not be separated from the use they serve by an arterial street unless pedestrian access across the arterial street is provided by appropriate traffic controls (e.g., signalized crosswalk), or a pedestrian walkway (such as a bridge or tunnel).
      1. (3)
        Pedestrian Access

        Adequate and safe pedestrian access via a walkway protected by a landscape buffer or a curb separation and elevation from the street grade shall be provided between the shared parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrances to the uses served by the parking.

      2. (4)
        Signage Directing Public to Parking Spaces

        Signage complying with the standards in Section 27-61500, Signage, shall be provided to direct the public to the shared parking spaces.

      3. (5)
        Justification

        The alternative parking plan shall include justification of the feasibility of shared parking among the proposed uses. Such justification shall address, at a minimum, the size and type of the uses proposed to share off-street parking spaces, the composition of their tenants, the types and hours of their operations, the anticipated peak parking and traffic demands they generate, and the anticipated rate of turnover in parking space use.

      4. (6)
        Shared Parking Agreement
        1. (A)
          An approved shared parking arrangement shall be enforced through written agreement among all the owners or long-term lessees of lands containing the uses proposed to share off-street parking spaces. The agreement shall provide all parties the right to joint use of the shared parking area in perpetuity (such agreement may be extinguished with the written consent of all affected property owners at any point in time following an initial time frame of at least 10 years). The agreement shall be submitted to the Planning Director, who shall forward it to any municipality in which the development for which a shared parking arrangement is proposed is located, for review and comment. An attested copy of an approved and executed agreement shall be recorded in the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for any use to be served by the shared parking area. The agreement shall be considered a restriction running with the land and shall bind the owners or long-term lessees of lands containing the uses proposed to share off-street parking spaces, and their heirs, successors, and assigns. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of the Ordinance, which may be enforced in accordance with PART 27-8, Enforcement.
        2. (B)
          No use served by the shared parking agreement may be continued if the shared parking becomes unavailable to the use, unless substitute off-street parking spaces are provided in accordance with this Section.
    1. (d)
      Off-Site Parking

      An alternative parking plan may propose to meet a portion of the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for a use with off-site parking—i.e., off-street parking spaces located on a parcel or lot separate from the parcel or lot containing the use and can be operated by a private or public agency—in accordance with the following standards.

      1. (1)
        Zone Classification

        The zone classification of the off-site parking area shall be one that allows the use served by off-site parking (and thus off-street parking accessory to such use) or that allows parking as a principal use, except off-site parking may be approved on lands in the Residential zones upon approval of a special exception in accordance with Section 27-3604, Special Exception.

      2. (2)
        Location
        1. (A)
          Off-site parking spaces shall be located within a walking distance of the primary pedestrian entrances to the uses served by the parking, in accordance with Table 27-6307(c)(2): Allowed Distances for Shared and Off-site Parking.
        2. (B)
          Off-site parking spaces shall not be separated from the use they serve by an arterial street unless safe pedestrian access across the street is provided by appropriate traffic controls (e.g., signalized crosswalk), or a grade-separated pedestrian walkway.
      3. (3)
        Pedestrian Access

        Adequate and safe pedestrian access shall be provided between the off-site parking areas and the primary pedestrian entrances to the use served by the parking.

      4. (4)
        Off-Site Parking Agreement
        1. (A)
          If land containing the off-site parking area is not under the same ownership as land containing the principal use served, the off-site parking arrangement shall be established in a written agreement between the owners of land containing the off-site parking area and land containing the served use. The agreement shall provide the owner of the served use the right to use the off-site parking area for at least 10 years, and include provisions for extending the agreement after that period of time. The agreement shall be submitted to the Planning Director, who shall forward it to any municipality in which the development for which an off-site parking arrangement is proposed is located, for review and comment. An attested copy of an approved and executed agreement shall be recorded with the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for any use to be served by the off-site parking area. The agreement shall be considered a restriction running with the land and shall bind the owners of land containing the off-site parking area and land containing the served use, and their heirs, successors, and assigns. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of the Ordinance, which may be enforced in accordance with PART 27-8, ENFORCEMENT.
        2. (B)
          An enforcement and turn-over agreement shall be recorded between the developer and the Revenue Authority. Such agreement would allow the developer to build less required off-site parking in exchange for allowing the Revenue Authority to enforce parking time limits through approaches agreed to by all parties subject to the agreement.
        3. (C)
          No use served by the off-site parking may be continued if the off-site parking becomes unavailable unless substitute off-street parking spaces are provided in accordance with this Section.
    2. (e)
      On-Street Parking
      1. (1)
        General

        An alternative parking plan may propose to meet a portion of the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required through on-street parking along streets that are adjacent to the development, subject to the maximum credit allowed in Table 27-6307(e)(1): Conditions for On-Street Credit Toward Off-Street Requirements.

    Table 27-6307(e)(1): Conditions for On-Street Parking Credit Toward Off-Street Requirements
    ZoneMaximum Credit Allowed
    RTO and LTO zones, Core areaNo parking required
    RTO and LTO zones, Edge area15% or 6 spaces, whichever is less
    TAC zone, Core area10%
    TAC zone, Edge area5%
    NAC zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    CGO zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    Table 27-6307(e)(1): Conditions for On-Street Parking Credit Toward Off-Street Requirements
    ZoneMaximum Credit Allowed
    RTO and LTO zones, Core areaNo parking required
    RTO and LTO zones, Edge area15% or 6 spaces, whichever is less
    TAC zone, Core area10%
    TAC zone, Edge area5%
    NAC zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    CGO zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    Table 27-6307(e)(1): Conditions for On-Street Parking Credit Toward Off-Street Requirements
    ZoneMaximum Credit Allowed
    RTO and LTO zones, Core areaNo parking required
    RTO and LTO zones, Edge area15% or 6 spaces, whichever is less
    TAC zone, Core area10%
    TAC zone, Edge area5%
    NAC zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    CGO zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    Table 27-6307(e)(1): Conditions for On-Street Parking Credit Toward Off-Street Requirements
    ZoneMaximum Credit Allowed
    RTO and LTO zones, Core areaNo parking required
    RTO and LTO zones, Edge area15% or 6 spaces, whichever is less
    TAC zone, Core area10%
    TAC zone, Edge area5%
    NAC zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    CGO zone10% or 4 spaces, whichever is less
    1.  
      1. (2)
        On-Street Parking Agreement
        1. (A)
          If an alternative parking plan is proposed for on-street parking, the applicant shall enter into an on-street parking agreement or series of agreements, depending on ownership of the streets where on-street parking is proposed, with the Maryland State Highway Administration, the County, or any municipality with jurisdiction of the street. The agreement shall spell out the terms and conditions and duration of use for the on-street parking. The agreement shall be submitted to the Planning Director, who shall forward it to any municipality in which the development for which an on-street parking arrangement is proposed is located, for review and comment. An attested copy of an approved and executed agreement shall be recorded in the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for any use to be served by the on-street parking. The agreement shall be considered a restriction running with the land and shall bind the applicant and the applicant's heirs, successors, and assigns. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of the Ordinance, which may be enforced in accordance with PART 27-8, Enforcement.
        2. (B)
          No use served by the on-street parking may be continued if the on-street parking becomes unavailable unless substitute on-street parking spaces are provided in accordance with this Section.
    1. (f)
      Deferred Parking

      An alternative parking plan may propose to defer construction of up to 35 percent of the number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a), Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, in accordance with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Justification

        The alternative parking plan shall include a study demonstrating that because of the location, nature, or mix of uses, there is a reasonable probability the number of parking spaces actually needed to serve the development is less than the minimum required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces. The Planning Director shall review the alternative parking plan and study, and may choose to approve or disapprove the alternative parking plan.

      2. (2)
        Reserve Parking Plan and Covenant

        The alternative parking plan shall include a reserve parking plan identifying: (a) the amount of off-street parking being deferred, and (b) the location of the area to be reserved for future parking, if future parking is needed.

      3. (3)
        Parking Demand Study
        1. (A)
          The alternative parking plan shall provide assurance that within 24 months after the initial Certificate of Occupancy is issued for the proposed development, an off-street parking demand study evaluating the adequacy of the existing parking spaces in meeting the off-street parking demand generated by the development will be submitted to the Planning Director.
        2. (B)
          If the Planning Director determines that the study demonstrates the existing parking is adequate, then construction of the remaining number of parking spaces shall not be required. If the Planning Director determines the study indicates additional parking is needed, such parking shall be provided consistent with the reserve parking plan and the standards of this Section.
      4. (4)
        Limitations on Reserve Areas and Covenant

        Areas reserved for future parking shall be brought to the finished grade and shall not be used for buildings, storage, loading, or other purposes. Such areas may be used for temporary overflow parking, provided such use is sufficiently infrequent to ensure maintenance of its ground cover in a healthy condition. A covenant shall be established on the areas to be reserved for future parking, which shall ensure such areas are available should the parking demand study below demonstrate additional parking is needed.

      5. (5)
        Landscaping of Reserve Areas Required

        Areas reserved for future off-street parking shall be landscaped with an appropriate ground cover, and if ultimately developed for off-street parking, shall be landscaped in accordance with Section 4.3, Parking Lot Requirements, of the Landscape Manual.

    2. (g)
      Valet and Tandem Parking

      An alternative parking plan may propose to use valet and tandem parking to meet a portion of the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required for a development with commercial uses in accordance with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Number of Valet or Tandem Spaces

        No more than 35 percent of the total number of parking spaces provided shall be designated for valet or tandem spaces except for restaurants, where up to 50 percent of spaces may be designated for valet parking, and hotels, where up to 100 percent of parking spaces may be designated for valet parking.

      2. (2)
        Drop-Off and Pick-Up Areas

        The development shall provide a designated drop-off and pick-up area. The drop-off and pick-up area may be located near the building served, but may not be located in a fire lane or where its use would impede vehicular and/or pedestrian circulation or cause queuing in a public street or an internal drive aisle serving the development. Drop-off and pick-up areas shall not be allowed in moving vehicle and bicycle travel lanes in the public right-of-way without obtaining a street closure permit. Drop-off and pick-up areas shall not be allowed to use sidewalks for any stationing of vehicles.

      3. (3)
        Valet Parking Agreement
        1. (A)
          Valet parking may be established and managed only in accordance with a valet parking agreement. An applicant shall provide documentation of an active agreement to the County and include provisions ensuring that a valet parking attendant will be on duty during hours of operation of the uses served by the valet parking. The agreement shall be for a minimum of 5 years, identify the location of the valet parking lot, and include provisions ensuring that a valet parking attendant will be on duty during hours of operation of the uses served by the valet parking. The agreement shall be submitted to the Planning Director, who shall forward it to any municipality in which the development for which a valet or tandem parking arrangement is proposed, for review and comment. An attested copy of an approved and executed agreement shall be recorded in the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for any use to be served by the valet parking, and documentation that the agreement remains in effect shall be provided to the County on an annual basis thereafter. The agreement shall be considered a restriction running with the land and shall bind the owners of land containing the uses served by the valet parking, and their heirs, successors, and assigns. A violation of the agreement shall constitute a violation of the Ordinance, which may be enforced in accordance with PART 27-8, Enforcement.
        2. (B)
          No use served by valet parking may be continued if the valet service becomes unavailable and the Planning Director determines that there is not adequate parking available in the area to serve the use.
    3. (h)
      Publicly Managed Parking

      An alternative parking plan may propose to meet a portion of the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required through participation in an agreement for publicly managed parking facilities with an agency such as the Revenue Authority, potentially including contributions toward construction of parking facilities, parking management services, and parking enforcement.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6308. Reduced Parking Standards for Parking Demand Reduction Strategies

    Use of alternative transportation and transportation demand reduction strategies in Subtitle 20A: Transportation allows development to reduce the amount of parking provided beyond the requirements of Section 27-6305, Off-Street Parking Space Standards. This Section is intended to establish how certain reductions in the minimum parking standards in Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, may be approved by the Planning Director. It allows applicants to establish Transportation Demand Management plans for individual developments in the absence of a Transportation Demand Management District as defined in Subtitle 20A: Transportation. These reductions will be allowed based on the following strategies for reducing parking demand. All reductions in accordance with Sections 27-6308(a) through 27-6308(d) shall be taken as cumulative and not exclusive, and the cumulative calculation shall follow the order presented in Sections 27-6308(a) through 27-6308(d).

    1. (a)
      Transit Accessibility

      The Planning Director may authorize the following reduction in the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, for uses located near a high-service transit stop:

      1. (1)
        Up to a 50 percent reduction for uses located within a one-quarter mile (1,320 feet) radius of a high-service transit stop; or
      2. (2)
        Up to a 15 percent reduction for uses located between a one-quarter mile (1,320 feet) radius and one-half mile (2,640 feet) radius of a high-service transit stop.
    2. (b)
      Transportation Demand Management

      The Planning Director may, through approval of a Transportation Demand Management (TDM) plan, authorize up to a 30 percent reduction in the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, for nonresidential or mixed-use developments having a floor area of at least 25,000 square feet, in accordance with the following standards.

      1. (1)
        TDM Plan Requirements

        The TDM plan shall include facts, projections, an analysis (e.g., type of development, proximity to transit and/or other multi-modal systems, anticipated number of employees and/or patrons, minimum parking requirements) and indicate the types of transportation demand management activities that will be instituted to reduce single-occupant vehicle use and reduce traffic congestion. The plan shall identify the amount by which parking requirements have been reduced from the amounts otherwise required by this Section.

      2. (2)
        Transportation Demand Management Activities

        The TDM plan shall be required to provide the following transportation demand management activities:

        1. (A)
          A “Guaranteed Ride Home” program that offers emergency ride services to each employee with an allowance of no fewer than four rides per year, that an applicant may establish to serve the development or in partnership with other developments or uses, or by participating in the Metropolitan Washington Council of Governments Commuter Connections program (or its designated successor for these services).
        2. (B)
          Written disclosure of transportation information and educational materials to all employees, residents, and nonresidents informing them of all transportation and ride-sharing options available to them. This does not need to be a unique role and may be met by human resources officers or other administrators of an organization.
        3. (C)
          Formation of transportation demand reduction programs offering an equivlanet value in transit benefits or cash in exchange for a parking benefit, such as carpooling, vanpooling, ridesharing, subsidy of employee transit passes beyond standard tax credits already provided by State and Federal governments, teleworking, and shuttle service programs.
      3. (3)
        Two Transportation Demand Management Options Required

        The plan will also require at least two of the following transportation demand management strategies:

        1. (A)
          Establishment of a development-specific website that provides real-time travel/traffic data and multimodal transportation information, transit/bus schedules and maps, and bicycle, pedestrian, and carpool/vanpool options. Information will vary depending on the specific services and transportation infrastructure available in the vicinity of the development, but in general will allow tenants or customers to compare travel modes available.
        2. (B)
          In lieu of the website, installation of a real-time visual display screen or other display device of this type that provides multi-modal transportation information, as described above.
        3. (C)
          Parking cash-out or transportation stipend, or provision of an equivalent value cash incentive to employees not to use parking spaces otherwise available to tenants of a development.
        4. (D)
          Unbundling of parking from multifamily and mixed-use development leases, as well as other types of development, or issuing tenant leases that do not include parking as an integral part of a floor-area space lease and require parking to be leased, purchased, or otherwise accessed through separate payment.
        5. (E)
          Creation of a Preferential Parking Management Plan that designates spaces located near building entrances or in other preferential locations for registered carpool/vanpool vehicles.
        6. (F)
          Institution of off-peak work schedules that allow employees to arrive and depart at times other than the peak morning commute period (defined as 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 a.m.) and peak evening commute period (defined as 5:00 p.m. to 7:00 p.m.).
        7. (G)
          Offer all employees free or discounted bikeshare memberships.
        8. (H)
          Fully funding a bicycle sharing station which is connected to and/or part of a regional system (e.g., Capital Bikeshare).
        9. (I)
          Any other transportation demand management activity as may be approved by the Planning Director as a means of complying with the parking reduction provisions of this Subsection.
      4. (4)
        Recording of TDM Plan
        1. (A)
          A copy of the approved TDM plan shall be recorded in the Land Records of Prince George's County before issuance of a building permit for the development to be served by the plan. The TDM plan shall be recorded against the land, and the applicant and/or successors in interest in the land shall be responsible for implementing the plan in perpetuity.
      5. (5)
        TDM Program Coordinator
        1. (A)
          The applicant shall appoint a TDM program coordinator to oversee transportation demand management activities.
        2. (B)
          The TDM program coordinator shall be a licensed engineer, certified planner, or a traffic consultant that is also a qualified or trained TDM professional.
        3. (C)
          The TDM program coordinator shall be appointed prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the buildings to be served by the transportation demand management program.
        4. (D)
          If the development is located within an established business improvement district, a Transportation Demand Management District as defined in Subtitle 20A: Transportation, or other such organization that offers TDM services, the applicant may identify that organization’s appropriate staff person as the TDM coordinator provided that the applicant agrees to participate in that organization’s TDM programs and meet all required organizational membership obligations.
        5. (E)
          If the development is located within a municipality, the applicant shall coordinate the TDM program with the appropriate municipal representatives.
      6. (6)
        TDM Report

        The TDM program coordinator shall submit to the Planning Director a report every two years that details implementation of the approved TDM plan and how it has successfully met or failed to meet the target reduction in drive-alone trips that justified the original reduction in parking because of its effectiveness in reducing driving demand, in turn reducing the need for parking. The report may include, but is not limited to, the following:

        1. (A)
          A description of transportation demand management activities undertaken;
        2. (B)
          An analysis of parking demand reductions based on employee and/or resident use of ridership programs or alternative transportation options;
        3. (C)
          Changes to the TDM plan to increase transit ridership, bicycle ridership, and other commuting alternatives, as defined in Section 27-6308(b)(7) below; and
        4. (D)
          The results of an employee transportation survey.
      7. (7)
        Amendments

        The Planning Director may approve amendments to an approved TDM plan in accordance with the procedures and standards for its original approval. Changes in transportation options subsequent to the approval of the original plan that allow a development to meet the reduction targets identified in the original plan, such as introduction of new transit service to a development area, shall not require amendments to the plan as long as annual reports can demonstrate that these services are contributing to the plan’s intent.

      8. (8)
        Parking Required if TDM Terminated

        If the applicant or successors in interest in the development subject to a TDM plan stop implementing the plan or fail to submit a TDM report within one year of the regularly scheduled date the biennial report is due, the TDM plan shall be terminated and become null and void. Any such termination of the TDM plan does not negate the parties’ obligations to comply with parking requirements of this Section and this Ordinance, and thus shall constitute a violation of this Ordinance. No use served by the TDM plan may be continued unless another TDM plan is approved or all required off-street parking spaces are provided in accordance with this Section and this Ordinance, within 120 days of termination of the TDM plan.

    3. (c)
      Special Facilities for Bicycle Commuters

      The Planning Director may authorize up to a five percent reduction in the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, for developments that comply with the bicycle parking standards in Section 27-6309, Bicycle Parking Standards, and provide both of the following:

      1. (1)
        Additional enclosed (indoor or locker) and secure bicycle parking spaces equal to at least five percent of the number of vehicle parking spaces provided; and
      2. (2)
        Shower and dressing areas for employees.
    4. (d)
      Other Eligible Alternatives

      The Planning Director may authorize up to a 10 percent reduction in the minimum number of off-street parking spaces required by Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, in exchange for any other strategy that an applicant demonstrates will effectively reduce parking demand on the site of the subject development, provided the applicant also demonstrates that the proposed development plan will do at least as good a job in protecting surrounding neighborhoods, maintaining traffic-circulation patterns, and promoting quality urban design as would strict compliance with the otherwise applicable off-street parking standards.

    27-6309. Bicycle Parking Standards

  • (a)
    Bicycle Racks or Lockers Required
    1. (1)
      In all zones except the RTO, LTO, TAC, and NAC base and PD zones, Rural and Agricultural zones, and any Residential Zone with equal or lesser intensity than the RSF-95 Zone, all parking areas shall provide bicycle racks or lockers sufficient to accommodate the parking of at least two bicycles, regardless of the number of vehicle spaces provided (up to ten spaces). At least one additional bicycle space shall be provided for each additional ten parking spaces or major fraction thereof, provided, no more than 20 bicycle parking spaces shall be required for any single vehicular parking area. Specific requirements for particular uses are as follows:
      1. (A)
        For multifamily dwellings and uses in the Group Living Uses principal use category other than private dormitories, one space shall be required per four dwelling units, with no fewer than two bicycle parking spaces provided and no more than 49 spaces.
      2. (B)
        For private dormitories, 0.25 spaces per leased occupant shall be required if automobile parking is included in lease agreements or 0.4 spaces per leased occupant shall be required if automobile parking is not included in lease agreements and must be rented separately, up to a maximum of 50 spaces.
      3. (C)
        For private schools, 1 space per 10 employees plus 1 space for each 20 students (in grades four and higher) of planned capacity shall be required.
      4. (D)
        For private colleges and universities, one space per ten employees plus one space for each five students of planned capacity shall be required. Of these student-required spaces, generally half should be for short-term storage (outdoors and convenient to building entrances and other major destinations of the use) and the other half should be for long-term storage (which may be inside buildings, in lockers, or in other specialized covered and secured bicycle parking areas).
    2. (2)
      In the RTO, LTO, TAC, and NAC base and PD zones, all parking areas shall provide bicycle racks or lockers sufficient to accommodate the parking of at least four bicycles, regardless of the number of vehicle spaces provided, and at least two additional bicycles for every ten parking spaces, or major fraction thereof, above ten spaces.
    3. (3)
      Racks must allow a bicycle’s frame to rest against the rack in at least two places, and for both a wheel and section of the frame to be secured to the rack simultaneously. Racks that allow only a wheel to rest against the rack will not be counted toward meeting the minimum bicycle requirements. Applicants should consult best practices sources such as the Association of Pedestrian and Bicycle Professionals Bicycle Parking Guidelines for guidance on types of racks that are appropriate to meet this requirement.
  • (b)
    Bike Parking Rack or Locker Location
    1. (1)
      Required bicycle racks shall be installed on a paved surface and located in visible, well-lighted areas conveniently accessible to the primary entrances of a development’s principal building(s). At least four of the required spaces serving nonresidential development shall be located within 50 feet of the main entrance to the use. They shall be located where they do not interfere with pedestrian traffic and are protected from conflicts with vehicular traffic.
    2. (2)
      In the RTO, LTO, TAC, and NAC base and PD zones, developments may place up to 20 percent of required bicycle parking in the public right-of-way as street furnishings (subject to the approval of the operating agency or municipality with jurisdiction), provided that they are all within 100 feet of the entrance of the use and that they allow sufficient space (generally 3 feet on either side of a rack) for placement and removal of bicycles. Developments may count existing bicycle parking along frontage streets and in the street right-of-way toward these requirements.
    3. (3)
      Long-term parking facilities should be provided for uses where bicycle access is expected to serve stays of eight hours or more, such as office commutes or overnight stays at a residence or hotel. If used, this parking does not need to meet location criteria for regular parking, such as a distance from a building entrance, but shall:
      1. (A)
        Be located in a secure, clean and well-lighted area, whether inside a building, in an auxiliary structure, or in an outdoor covered location;
      2. (B)
        Protect bicycles from weather and debris;
      3. (C)
        Be signed so that directions to entrances of related uses are clearly understood;
      4. (D)
        Allow sufficient spacing of racks or lockers for storage, maneuvering and removal of bicycles;
      5. (E)
        Be available and accessible for all building tenants during the building's hours of operation. (For residential tenants, each space should be accessible 24 hours a day, 7 days a week);
      6. (F)
        If located in an enclosed area, only be accessible to those authorized to use the space (to limit vandalism and theft);
      7. (G)
        If in a parking garage for long-term bicycle parking, be clearly marked as long-term bicycle parking spaces, be in a well-lighted, visible location near the main entrance of elevators, and separated from vehicle parking by a barrier that minimizes the possibility of a parked bicycle being hit by a car, and be located no lower than the first complete parking level below grade, and no higher than the first complete parking level above grade.
    4. (4)
      Bicycle parking spaces shall be placed at least three feet away from the associated structure to allow sufficient room for parking a bicycle. Bicycle racks should be installed to allow for at least 30 inches of spacing between each rack.
  • 27-6310. Loading Area Standards

  • (a)
    Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Berths

    Any new development involving the routine vehicular delivery or shipping of goods, supplies, or equipment to or from the development shall provide a sufficient number of off-street loading berths to accommodate the delivery and shipping operations of the development’s uses in a safe and convenient manner. Table 27-6310(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Berths, sets forth the minimum number of loading berths for the different principal uses. For proposed uses not listed in Table 27-6310(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Berths, the requirement for a use most similar to the proposed use shall apply.

  • Table 27-6310(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Berths
    Principal Use Classification/CategoryGross Floor Area (GFA) of BuildingMinimum Number of Loading Berths
    Institutional and Commercial Uses
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAt least 5,000 sq. ft. but less than 10,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 10,000 sq. ft. but less than 100,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Shopping CentersAt least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.3 for the entire shopping center
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Household Living Uses (Multifamily only) and Group Living Uses (Assisted Living Facility onlyAt least 100 dwelling units and up to 300 dwelling units1
    Each additional 200 dwelling units or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Healthcare Uses, Business Support Service Uses, Office Uses, Personal Service Uses, and Visitor Accommodation Uses (Hotel/Motel only)At least 10,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Industrial Uses
    Industrial Service Uses and Manufacturing Uses (and Consolidated Storage)At least 2,000 sq. ft. but less than 25,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 50,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 50,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Warehouse and Freight Movement Uses (except Consolidated Storage)At least 1,500 sq. ft. and up to 10,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 40,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Table 27-6310(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Berths
    Principal Use Classification/CategoryGross Floor Area (GFA) of BuildingMinimum Number of Loading Berths
    Institutional and Commercial Uses
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAt least 5,000 sq. ft. but less than 10,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 10,000 sq. ft. but less than 100,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Shopping CentersAt least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.3 for the entire shopping center
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Household Living Uses (Multifamily only) and Group Living Uses (Assisted Living Facility onlyAt least 100 dwelling units and up to 300 dwelling units1
    Each additional 200 dwelling units or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Healthcare Uses, Business Support Service Uses, Office Uses, Personal Service Uses, and Visitor Accommodation Uses (Hotel/Motel only)At least 10,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Industrial Uses
    Industrial Service Uses and Manufacturing Uses (and Consolidated Storage)At least 2,000 sq. ft. but less than 25,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 50,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 50,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Warehouse and Freight Movement Uses (except Consolidated Storage)At least 1,500 sq. ft. and up to 10,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 40,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Table 27-6310(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Berths
    Principal Use Classification/CategoryGross Floor Area (GFA) of BuildingMinimum Number of Loading Berths
    Institutional and Commercial Uses
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAt least 5,000 sq. ft. but less than 10,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 10,000 sq. ft. but less than 100,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Shopping CentersAt least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.3 for the entire shopping center
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Household Living Uses (Multifamily only) and Group Living Uses (Assisted Living Facility onlyAt least 100 dwelling units and up to 300 dwelling units1
    Each additional 200 dwelling units or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Healthcare Uses, Business Support Service Uses, Office Uses, Personal Service Uses, and Visitor Accommodation Uses (Hotel/Motel only)At least 10,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Industrial Uses
    Industrial Service Uses and Manufacturing Uses (and Consolidated Storage)At least 2,000 sq. ft. but less than 25,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 50,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 50,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Warehouse and Freight Movement Uses (except Consolidated Storage)At least 1,500 sq. ft. and up to 10,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 40,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Table 27-6310(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Loading Berths
    Principal Use Classification/CategoryGross Floor Area (GFA) of BuildingMinimum Number of Loading Berths
    Institutional and Commercial Uses
    Retail Sales and Service UsesAt least 5,000 sq. ft. but less than 10,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 10,000 sq. ft. but less than 100,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Shopping CentersAt least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.3 for the entire shopping center
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Household Living Uses (Multifamily only) and Group Living Uses (Assisted Living Facility onlyAt least 100 dwelling units and up to 300 dwelling units1
    Each additional 200 dwelling units or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Healthcare Uses, Business Support Service Uses, Office Uses, Personal Service Uses, and Visitor Accommodation Uses (Hotel/Motel only)At least 10,000 sq. ft. and up to 100,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 100,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Industrial Uses
    Industrial Service Uses and Manufacturing Uses (and Consolidated Storage)At least 2,000 sq. ft. but less than 25,000 sq. ft.1
    At least 25,000 sq. ft. and up to 50,000 sq. ft.2
    Each additional 50,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    Warehouse and Freight Movement Uses (except Consolidated Storage)At least 1,500 sq. ft. and up to 10,000 sq. ft.1
    Each additional 40,000 sq. ft. or major fraction thereofadd 1
    1. (b)
      Dimensional Standards for Loading Areas

      Each loading berth shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the types of vehicles likely to use the loading area. The minimum loading berth size that presumptively satisfies loading berth needs is least 12 feet wide and 45 feet long in general industrial, distribution, or warehousing uses. For all other uses, a berth as short as 33 feet may be allowed. The Planning Director may require a larger loading berth or allow a smaller loading berth on determining that the characteristics of the particular development warrant such increase or reduction and the general standard is met.

    2. (c)
      Location of Loading Areas
      1. (1)
        To the maximum extent practicable, loading areas shall be placed away from a public street and screened from view in accordance with the Landscape Manual (see Figure 27-6310(c): Loading Area Configuration).
      2. (2)
        Loading areas shall be located adjacent to the building’s loading doors, in an area that promotes their practical use.
      3. (3)
        Loading areas shall be located and designed so vehicles using them can maneuver safely and conveniently to them from a public street and complete loading without obstructing or interfering with any public rights-of-way, parking spaces, parking lot aisles, or pedestrian pathways.
      4. (4)
        Loading areas shall be set back a minimum of 50 feet from any residential use or vacant land in a Residential or Rural and Agricultural zone.
    Figure 27-6310(c): Loading Area Configuration
    Computer generated graphic of a loading area configuration

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6401. Purpose and Intent

    Open space set-asides are intended for the use and enjoyment of a development’s residents, employees, or users. Open space set-asides serve numerous purposes, including preserving natural, historical, and archeological resources, ensuring resident access to open areas and active recreation (incorporating land dedicated as parkland in accordance with Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations, Section 24-4600, Parklands and Recreation Facilities, as open space set-asides), reducing the heat island effect of developed areas, providing civic and meeting spaces, enhancing storm water management, and providing other public health benefits.

    27-6402. Applicability

  • (a)
    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the following development shall be exempted from the standards in this Section:
    1. (1)
      Uses in the Agriculture/Forestry Uses, Agriculture/Forestry Related Uses, and Open Space Uses principal use categories; and
    2. (2)
  • 27-6403. Amount of Open Space Set-Asides Required

    Development subject to the standards in this Section shall provide the minimum amounts of open space set-asides identified in Table 27-6403: Required Open Space Set-Asides, based on the use classification.

    Table 27-6403: Required Open Space Set-Asides
    Use ClassificationMinimum Open Space Set-Aside Area
    (as percentage of development site area)
    Rural and Agricultural Base ZonesResidential Base and PD ZonesNonresidential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones, MU-PD Zone
    Residential Uses20%20%15%7.5%
    Public, Civic, and Institutional Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Commercial Uses and Mixed-Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Industrial Uses10%10%5%5%
    Table 27-6403: Required Open Space Set-Asides
    Use ClassificationMinimum Open Space Set-Aside Area
    (as percentage of development site area)
    Rural and Agricultural Base ZonesResidential Base and PD ZonesNonresidential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones, MU-PD Zone
    Residential Uses20%20%15%7.5%
    Public, Civic, and Institutional Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Commercial Uses and Mixed-Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Industrial Uses10%10%5%5%
    Table 27-6403: Required Open Space Set-Asides
    Use ClassificationMinimum Open Space Set-Aside Area
    (as percentage of development site area)
    Rural and Agricultural Base ZonesResidential Base and PD ZonesNonresidential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones, MU-PD Zone
    Residential Uses20%20%15%7.5%
    Public, Civic, and Institutional Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Commercial Uses and Mixed-Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Industrial Uses10%10%5%5%
    Table 27-6403: Required Open Space Set-Asides
    Use ClassificationMinimum Open Space Set-Aside Area
    (as percentage of development site area)
    Rural and Agricultural Base ZonesResidential Base and PD ZonesNonresidential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones, MU-PD Zone
    Residential Uses20%20%15%7.5%
    Public, Civic, and Institutional Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Commercial Uses and Mixed-Uses10%10%7.5%5%
    Industrial Uses10%10%5%5%

    Open space set-aside requirements shall not replace requirements for open spaces, mandatory dedication of parkland, stormwater management, or other similar requirements imposed by any other Subtitle of the County Code. However, such requirements may be counted toward open-space set asides pursuant to Section 27-6404(b), below.

    27-6404. Areas Counted as Open Space Set-Asides

  • (a)
    The features and areas identified in Table 27-6404(a): Open Space Set-Aside Features, shall be credited towards compliance with the open space set-aside standards of this Section for development in the areas indicated.
    1. (1)
      No less than fifteen percent (15%) of the total required minimum open space set-aside area within a residential development outside the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center PD zones shall consist of active recreational areas.
    2. (2)
      No less than fifty percent (50%) of the total required minimum open space set-aside area within the core area of a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base or Transit-Oriented/Activity Center PD zone shall be a square, forecourt, or plaza.
  • Table 27-6404(a): Open Space Set-Aside Features
    Area Counted as Common Open Space Set-AsidesDescriptionDesign and Maintenance Requirements
    Natural Features
    Pond with trees around it
    Pond with trees around it
    Natural features (including lakes, ponds, rivers, streams, bays, shorelines, wetlands, drainageways, and other riparian areas), riparian buffers, flood hazard areas, steep slopes (15 percent or more), wildlife habitat and woodland conservation areas established in accordance with Division 2 of Subtitle 25: Trees and Vegetation of the County CodePreservation of any existing natural features shall have highest priority for locating open space set-asides, except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and planned development zones, the IE and IH base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Maintenance is limited to the minimum removal and avoidance of hazards, nuisances, and unhealthy conditions.
    Active Recreational Areas
    Park with a small pavilion
    Tennis courts
    Land occupied by areas and facilities used for active recreational purposes, such as ballfields, playgrounds, tennis courts, pools, jogging trails, community buildings and clubhouses, and land dedicated for parks in accordance with Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations, Section 24-4600, Parklands and Recreation Facilities.Active recreational areas may occupy up to 100 percent of the open space set-asides (if no natural features exist on the site) except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the Nonresidential base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Active recreational areas shall be contiguous or interconnected, to the maximum extent practicable, unless used to link or continue existing or public open space lands.
    Passive Recreation (Including Plantings and Gardens)
    Park with a small pavilion and bench
    Park with beautiful garden
    Formally planned and regularly maintained open areas that provide passive recreation opportunities, including arranged plantings, gardens (including community gardens), gazebos, and similar structures.Passive recreation shall have direct access to a sidewalk or pedestrian walkway that connects to the street.
    Squares, Forecourts, and Plazas
    Open space with a fountain in the middle
    Plaza with trees lined alongside the street
    Squares, forecourts, plazas, and civic greens that provide opportunities to create special places for people to gather.Such features shall be at least 600 square feet in area. Such features shall have direct access to a street or sidewalk and shall be designed to accommodate people sitting and gathering, incorporating benches, tables, fountains, or other similar amenities. Surrounding buildings shall be oriented toward the square, forecourt, or plaza when possible, and a connection shall be made to surrounding development.
    Required Landscape Areas and Agricultural Buffer

    Example of landscaping
    Example of landscaping
    All areas occupied by required landscaping areas, tree protection areas, and riparian buffers, and agricultural buffers, except landscaped area within vehicular use areas.See Landscape Manual and Sec. 27-61300, Agricultural Compatibility Standards.
    Stormwater Management Areas Treated as Site Amenities
    Stormwater management with landscaping
    Stormwater management with rocks and landscaping
    Up to 75 percent of the land area occupied by stormwater management facilities (including retention and detention ponds and other bioretention devices), when such features are treated as an open space site amenity.To qualify, stormwater management facilities shall support passive recreation uses by providing access, gentle slopes (less than 3:1), and pedestrian elements such as paths and benches, and shall be subject to a maintenance agreement approved by the operating authority or agency having regulatory authority over the facility.
    Public Access Easements with Paths or Trails
    Path with people and their pet
    Path with people on it
    Public access easements that combine utility easements with paths or trails that are available for passive recreational activities such as walking, running, and bikingSuch public access easements shall include at least one improved access from a public street, sidewalk, or trail that includes signage designating the access point.
    Table 27-6404(a): Open Space Set-Aside Features
    Area Counted as Common Open Space Set-AsidesDescriptionDesign and Maintenance Requirements
    Natural Features
    Pond with trees around it
    Pond with trees around it
    Natural features (including lakes, ponds, rivers, streams, bays, shorelines, wetlands, drainageways, and other riparian areas), riparian buffers, flood hazard areas, steep slopes (15 percent or more), wildlife habitat and woodland conservation areas established in accordance with Division 2 of Subtitle 25: Trees and Vegetation of the County CodePreservation of any existing natural features shall have highest priority for locating open space set-asides, except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and planned development zones, the IE and IH base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Maintenance is limited to the minimum removal and avoidance of hazards, nuisances, and unhealthy conditions.
    Active Recreational Areas
    Park with a small pavilion
    Tennis courts
    Land occupied by areas and facilities used for active recreational purposes, such as ballfields, playgrounds, tennis courts, pools, jogging trails, community buildings and clubhouses, and land dedicated for parks in accordance with Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations, Section 24-4600, Parklands and Recreation Facilities.Active recreational areas may occupy up to 100 percent of the open space set-asides (if no natural features exist on the site) except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the Nonresidential base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Active recreational areas shall be contiguous or interconnected, to the maximum extent practicable, unless used to link or continue existing or public open space lands.
    Passive Recreation (Including Plantings and Gardens)
    Park with a small pavilion and bench
    Park with beautiful garden
    Formally planned and regularly maintained open areas that provide passive recreation opportunities, including arranged plantings, gardens (including community gardens), gazebos, and similar structures.Passive recreation shall have direct access to a sidewalk or pedestrian walkway that connects to the street.
    Squares, Forecourts, and Plazas
    Open space with a fountain in the middle
    Plaza with trees lined alongside the street
    Squares, forecourts, plazas, and civic greens that provide opportunities to create special places for people to gather.Such features shall be at least 600 square feet in area. Such features shall have direct access to a street or sidewalk and shall be designed to accommodate people sitting and gathering, incorporating benches, tables, fountains, or other similar amenities. Surrounding buildings shall be oriented toward the square, forecourt, or plaza when possible, and a connection shall be made to surrounding development.
    Required Landscape Areas and Agricultural Buffer

    Example of landscaping
    Example of landscaping
    All areas occupied by required landscaping areas, tree protection areas, and riparian buffers, and agricultural buffers, except landscaped area within vehicular use areas.See Landscape Manual and Sec. 27-61300, Agricultural Compatibility Standards.
    Stormwater Management Areas Treated as Site Amenities
    Stormwater management with landscaping
    Stormwater management with rocks and landscaping
    Up to 75 percent of the land area occupied by stormwater management facilities (including retention and detention ponds and other bioretention devices), when such features are treated as an open space site amenity.To qualify, stormwater management facilities shall support passive recreation uses by providing access, gentle slopes (less than 3:1), and pedestrian elements such as paths and benches, and shall be subject to a maintenance agreement approved by the operating authority or agency having regulatory authority over the facility.
    Public Access Easements with Paths or Trails
    Path with people and their pet
    Path with people on it
    Public access easements that combine utility easements with paths or trails that are available for passive recreational activities such as walking, running, and bikingSuch public access easements shall include at least one improved access from a public street, sidewalk, or trail that includes signage designating the access point.
    Table 27-6404(a): Open Space Set-Aside Features
    Area Counted as Common Open Space Set-AsidesDescriptionDesign and Maintenance Requirements
    Natural Features
    Pond with trees around it
    Pond with trees around it
    Natural features (including lakes, ponds, rivers, streams, bays, shorelines, wetlands, drainageways, and other riparian areas), riparian buffers, flood hazard areas, steep slopes (15 percent or more), wildlife habitat and woodland conservation areas established in accordance with Division 2 of Subtitle 25: Trees and Vegetation of the County CodePreservation of any existing natural features shall have highest priority for locating open space set-asides, except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and planned development zones, the IE and IH base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Maintenance is limited to the minimum removal and avoidance of hazards, nuisances, and unhealthy conditions.
    Active Recreational Areas
    Park with a small pavilion
    Tennis courts
    Land occupied by areas and facilities used for active recreational purposes, such as ballfields, playgrounds, tennis courts, pools, jogging trails, community buildings and clubhouses, and land dedicated for parks in accordance with Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations, Section 24-4600, Parklands and Recreation Facilities.Active recreational areas may occupy up to 100 percent of the open space set-asides (if no natural features exist on the site) except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the Nonresidential base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Active recreational areas shall be contiguous or interconnected, to the maximum extent practicable, unless used to link or continue existing or public open space lands.
    Passive Recreation (Including Plantings and Gardens)
    Park with a small pavilion and bench
    Park with beautiful garden
    Formally planned and regularly maintained open areas that provide passive recreation opportunities, including arranged plantings, gardens (including community gardens), gazebos, and similar structures.Passive recreation shall have direct access to a sidewalk or pedestrian walkway that connects to the street.
    Squares, Forecourts, and Plazas
    Open space with a fountain in the middle
    Plaza with trees lined alongside the street
    Squares, forecourts, plazas, and civic greens that provide opportunities to create special places for people to gather.Such features shall be at least 600 square feet in area. Such features shall have direct access to a street or sidewalk and shall be designed to accommodate people sitting and gathering, incorporating benches, tables, fountains, or other similar amenities. Surrounding buildings shall be oriented toward the square, forecourt, or plaza when possible, and a connection shall be made to surrounding development.
    Required Landscape Areas and Agricultural Buffer

    Example of landscaping
    Example of landscaping
    All areas occupied by required landscaping areas, tree protection areas, and riparian buffers, and agricultural buffers, except landscaped area within vehicular use areas.See Landscape Manual and Sec. 27-61300, Agricultural Compatibility Standards.
    Stormwater Management Areas Treated as Site Amenities
    Stormwater management with landscaping
    Stormwater management with rocks and landscaping
    Up to 75 percent of the land area occupied by stormwater management facilities (including retention and detention ponds and other bioretention devices), when such features are treated as an open space site amenity.To qualify, stormwater management facilities shall support passive recreation uses by providing access, gentle slopes (less than 3:1), and pedestrian elements such as paths and benches, and shall be subject to a maintenance agreement approved by the operating authority or agency having regulatory authority over the facility.
    Public Access Easements with Paths or Trails
    Path with people and their pet
    Path with people on it
    Public access easements that combine utility easements with paths or trails that are available for passive recreational activities such as walking, running, and bikingSuch public access easements shall include at least one improved access from a public street, sidewalk, or trail that includes signage designating the access point.
    Table 27-6404(a): Open Space Set-Aside Features
    Area Counted as Common Open Space Set-AsidesDescriptionDesign and Maintenance Requirements
    Natural Features
    Pond with trees around it
    Pond with trees around it
    Natural features (including lakes, ponds, rivers, streams, bays, shorelines, wetlands, drainageways, and other riparian areas), riparian buffers, flood hazard areas, steep slopes (15 percent or more), wildlife habitat and woodland conservation areas established in accordance with Division 2 of Subtitle 25: Trees and Vegetation of the County CodePreservation of any existing natural features shall have highest priority for locating open space set-asides, except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and planned development zones, the IE and IH base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Maintenance is limited to the minimum removal and avoidance of hazards, nuisances, and unhealthy conditions.
    Active Recreational Areas
    Park with a small pavilion
    Tennis courts
    Land occupied by areas and facilities used for active recreational purposes, such as ballfields, playgrounds, tennis courts, pools, jogging trails, community buildings and clubhouses, and land dedicated for parks in accordance with Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations, Section 24-4600, Parklands and Recreation Facilities.Active recreational areas may occupy up to 100 percent of the open space set-asides (if no natural features exist on the site) except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the Nonresidential base zones, and the IE-PD zone. Active recreational areas shall be contiguous or interconnected, to the maximum extent practicable, unless used to link or continue existing or public open space lands.
    Passive Recreation (Including Plantings and Gardens)
    Park with a small pavilion and bench
    Park with beautiful garden
    Formally planned and regularly maintained open areas that provide passive recreation opportunities, including arranged plantings, gardens (including community gardens), gazebos, and similar structures.Passive recreation shall have direct access to a sidewalk or pedestrian walkway that connects to the street.
    Squares, Forecourts, and Plazas
    Open space with a fountain in the middle
    Plaza with trees lined alongside the street
    Squares, forecourts, plazas, and civic greens that provide opportunities to create special places for people to gather.Such features shall be at least 600 square feet in area. Such features shall have direct access to a street or sidewalk and shall be designed to accommodate people sitting and gathering, incorporating benches, tables, fountains, or other similar amenities. Surrounding buildings shall be oriented toward the square, forecourt, or plaza when possible, and a connection shall be made to surrounding development.
    Required Landscape Areas and Agricultural Buffer

    Example of landscaping
    Example of landscaping
    All areas occupied by required landscaping areas, tree protection areas, and riparian buffers, and agricultural buffers, except landscaped area within vehicular use areas.See Landscape Manual and Sec. 27-61300, Agricultural Compatibility Standards.
    Stormwater Management Areas Treated as Site Amenities
    Stormwater management with landscaping
    Stormwater management with rocks and landscaping
    Up to 75 percent of the land area occupied by stormwater management facilities (including retention and detention ponds and other bioretention devices), when such features are treated as an open space site amenity.To qualify, stormwater management facilities shall support passive recreation uses by providing access, gentle slopes (less than 3:1), and pedestrian elements such as paths and benches, and shall be subject to a maintenance agreement approved by the operating authority or agency having regulatory authority over the facility.
    Public Access Easements with Paths or Trails
    Path with people and their pet
    Path with people on it
    Public access easements that combine utility easements with paths or trails that are available for passive recreational activities such as walking, running, and bikingSuch public access easements shall include at least one improved access from a public street, sidewalk, or trail that includes signage designating the access point.
    1. (b)
      Open spaces required by any other section in the County Code, such as, but not limited to, mandatory dedication of parkland, may be credited toward compliance with the open space set aside standards in Table 27-6403: Required Open Space Set-Asides, if they are located and designed in accordance with the standards in this Section.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6405. Areas Not Counted as Open Space Set-Asides

    The following areas shall not be counted as open space set-asides:

    1. (a)
      Private yards not subject to an open space or conservation easement;
    2. (b)
      Street rights-of-way or private access easements, including sidewalks located within those rights-of-way or easements;
    3. (c)
      Vehicular parking areas or lots (excluding the landscaped areas);
    4. (d)
      Driveways for dwellings;
    5. (e)
      Land covered by structures not designated for active recreational uses;
    6. (f)
      Designated outdoor storage areas; and
    7. (g)
      Stormwater management facilities and ponds, unless located and designed as a site amenity (e.g., with low fencing, vegetative landscaping, gentle slopes, fountain or other visible water-circulation device, and pedestrian access or seating).

    27-6406. Design Standards for Open Space Set-Asides

    Land used as an open space set-aside shall comply with the following design standards:

    1. (a)
      Location

      Open space shall be located so as to be readily accessible and useable by occupants and users of the development. Where possible, a portion of the open space set-aside should provide focal points for the development through prominent placement or easy visual access from streets.

    2. (b)
      Configuration
      1. (1)
        Open space set-asides shall be contiguous or interconnected, to the maximum extent practicable, unless a different configuration is needed to continue an existing trail or accommodate preservation of natural, historical, and archeological resources.
      2. (2)
        If the development site is adjacent to existing or planned public trails, parks, or other public open space area land, the open space set-aside shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be located to adjoin, extend, and enlarge the trail, park, or other public land (see Figure 27-6406(b).1: Example Open Space Set-Aside Configuration; Figure 27-6406(b).2: Example Open Space Set-Aside Configuration, Townhouse Development; and Figure 27-6406(b).3: Example Open Space Set Aside Configuration, Commercial Development).
    3. (c)
      Orientation of Adjacent Buildings

      To the maximum extent possible, buildings adjacent to the required open space set-asides shall have at least one entrance facing the open space set-aside.

    Figure 27-6406(b).1: Example Open Space Set-Aside Configuration
    Example Open Space Set-Aside Configuration
    Figure 27-6406(b).2: Example Open Space Set-Aside Configuration, Townhouse Development
    Example Open Space Set-Aside Configuration, Townhouse Development
    Figure 27-6406(b).3: Example Open Space Set Aside Configuration, Commercial Development
    Example Open Space Set Aside Configuration, Commercial Development
    1. (d)
      Prioritization of Open Space Set-Aside
      1. (1)
        Except in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and Planned Development (PD) zones, and to the maximum extent practicable, open space set-asides shall be located and organized to include, protect, and enhance as many of the following open areas and features as possible, in the following general order of priority:
        1. (A)
          Natural features such as riparian areas, riparian buffers, shorelines, flood hazard areas, floodplains, wetlands, steep slopes, and wildlife habitat and woodland areas;
        2. (B)
          Water features such as rivers, bays, lakes, creeks, canals, natural ponds, and retention and detention ponds;
        3. (C)
          Protected trees and other mature trees;
        4. (D)
          Parks and trails (regardless of public or private ownership);
        5. (E)
          Lands with active agricultural uses and activities;
        6. (F)
          Perimeter buffers or visual transitions between different types or intensities of uses;
        7. (G)
          Areas that accommodate multiple compatible open space set-aside uses rather than a single use; and
        8. (H)
          Historic and archeological features.
      2. (2)
        In the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and Planned Development (PD) zones, and to the maximum extent practicable, open space set-asides shall be located and organized to include, protect, or enhance the open areas and features identified in Section 27-6406(d)(1) above, except that the establishment of squares, plazas, forecourts, civic greens, and similar urban open space amenities shall have the highest priority.
    2. (e)
      Open Space Set-Asides on Property in the Industrial, Heavy (IH) Zone

      Development consisting of multiple industrial uses on property in the IH Zone may provide open space set-asides based upon the total development in-lieu of providing individual open space set-asides for individual uses on individual lots. This provision includes: (1) multiple industrial uses on a single property in the IH Zone, or (2) multiple industrial uses on one or more adjoining properties under the same ownership (and which are located not more than 1,000 feet away from each other) in the IH Zone. These developments shall provide open space set-asides using the following method:

      1. (1)
        Applicant calculates the sum amount of open space set-aside required for each individual industrial use or lot.
      2. (2)
        The total sum of open space set-aside required may be placed on any portion of the area included in the calculation.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6407. Development in Open Space Set-Asides

    Development within open space set-asides shall be limited to that appropriate to the purposes of the type(s) of open space set-asides. Where appropriate, such development may include, but is not limited to, walking, jogging, and biking paths or trails; benches or other seating areas; meeting areas; tables, shelters, grills, trash receptacles, and other picnic facilities; docks and other facilities for fishing; environmental education guides and exhibits; historic interpretive signage; gazebos and other decorative structures; fountains or other water features; play structures for children; gardens or seasonal planting areas; pools; athletic fields and courts; and associated clubhouses.

    27-6408. Ownership, Management, and Maintenance of Open Space Set-Asides

  • (a)
    Open space set-asides required by this Ordinance or by Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations, shall be managed and maintained in compliance with all applicable provisions of Maryland law. To the extent not inconsistent with Maryland law, such open space set-asides shall be managed and maintained as permanent open space through one or more of the following options:
    1. (1)
      Conveyance of open space set-aside areas to a property owners’ or homeowners’ association that holds the land in common ownership;
    2. (2)
      Conveyance of open space set-aside areas to a third party beneficiary such as an environmental, historical, or civic organization, a municipality, or M-NCPPC, that is organized for, capable of, and willing to accept responsibility for managing and maintaining the land;
    3. (3)
      Establishment of easements or covenants; or
    4. (4)
      If public stormwater management facilities are treated as site amenities, through stormwater management easements.
  • (b)
    All options involving private ownership of open space set-aside areas shall include deed restrictions, covenants, or other legal instruments that ensure continued use of the land for its intended open space purposes, in perpetuity, and provide for the continued and effective management, operation, and maintenance of the land and facilities.
  • (c)
    Responsibility for managing and maintaining open space set-asides rests with the owner of the land of the open space set-asides. Failure to maintain open space set-asides in accordance with this Section and the development approval or permit shall be a violation of this Ordinance.
  • 27-6601. Applicability

  • (a)
    General
  • Unless exempted in accordance with Section 27-6601(b) below, the standards in this Section shall apply to all construction, reconstruction, or replacement of fences or walls.

    1. (b)
      Exemptions

    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the following fences and walls are exempt from the standards of this Section:

    1.  
      1. (1)
        Fences and walls required for the physical support of a principal or accessory structure;
      2. (2)
        Fences and barricades around construction sites;
      3. (3)
        Replacement in-kind of an existing residential fence associated with a live/work, single-family detached, three-family, townhouse, or two-family dwelling.
      4. (4)
        Fences for wireless telecommunications towers, which shall instead follow the requirements of Section 27-5102(d)(1)(A);
      5. (5)
        Fences for outdoor storage (as a principal use), which shall instead follow the requirements of Section 27-5102(f)(4)(B);
      6. (6)
        Fences for junkyards or vehicle salvage yards, which shall instead follow the requirements of Section 27-5402(ii), Junk Yard.
      7. (7)
        Fences for tree protection (temporary and permanent);
      8. (8)
        Noise attenuation walls installed by a public agency within the right-of-way of a public roadway;
      9. (9)
        Fences and walls necessary for soil erosion and control;
      10. (10)
        Retaining walls, except for the standards of Section 27-6609, Retaining Walls;
      11. (11)
        Fences at parks and schools, where such uses are owned by public agencies or are subject to the County's Mandatory Referral process;
      12. (12)
        Specialized fences used for protecting livestock or for other similar agricultural functions if part of a use in the Rural and Agricultural Uses use classification; and
      13. (13)
        Fencing required or provided for medical cannabis uses.

    27-6602. General Standards

  • (a)
    General
    1. (1)
      Fences and walls shall be located outside of the public right-of-way.
    2. (2)
      Fences and walls are allowed on the property line between two or more parcels of land held in private ownership.
    3. (3)
      Fences and walls may be located within any required yard.
    4. (4)
      Nothing in this Section shall be construed to prevent the installation of temporary fencing to protect existing trees, limit sedimentation, or control erosion.
  • (b)
    In Utility Easements

    Fences located within utility easements shall receive written authorization from the easement holder or the County, as appropriate. The County shall not be responsible for damage to, or the repair or replacement of, fences that must be removed to access utility easements or facilities.

  • (c)
    Within Required Landscaping Areas

    Fences and walls may be installed within required landscaping areas, subject to an approved landscaping plan.

  • (d)
    Avoidance of Traffic Hazards

    Notwithstanding other provisions of this Subsection, fences and walls shall not be allowed within the triangle formed by the intersection of the street lines and points on the street lines 25 feet from the intersection, or in a location that is determined by an agency will create a traffic hazard.

  • 27-6603. Height Standards

  • (a)
    General

    Unless otherwise stated in Section 27-6600, Fences and Walls, fences and walls shall comply with the standards in Table 27-6603(a): Fence and Wall Height.

  • Table 27-6603(a): Fence and Wall Height
    Location on LotMaximum Height (feet) (1)
    Residential and Rural and Agricultural Base Zones, Residential PD ZonesNon- residential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/ Activity Center Base and PD Zones
    Within a required front yard, build-to zone, corner lot side yard in front of the principal building (2)444
    Within any other required yard or in corner side yard behind the front plane of the principal building666
    Along the lot lines of a development consisting of multiple buildings, such as along the perimeter of an apartment complex, office park, or industrial park666
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Fence or wall height may be increased through the security plan exemption in accordance with Section 27-6610, Security Exemption Plan.
    2. (2)
      The maximum height of a fence or wall within a front yard, corner lot side yard, or build-to zone is 8 feet when the fence or wall is required by a use-specific standard or special exception standard at this height or is part of a community garden or urban agriculture use, unless the fence may block a motorists’ line of sight (see Section 27-6602(d), Avoidance of Traffic Hazards).
    Table 27-6603(a): Fence and Wall Height
    Location on LotMaximum Height (feet) (1)
    Residential and Rural and Agricultural Base Zones, Residential PD ZonesNon- residential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/ Activity Center Base and PD Zones
    Within a required front yard, build-to zone, corner lot side yard in front of the principal building (2)444
    Within any other required yard or in corner side yard behind the front plane of the principal building666
    Along the lot lines of a development consisting of multiple buildings, such as along the perimeter of an apartment complex, office park, or industrial park666
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Fence or wall height may be increased through the security plan exemption in accordance with Section 27-6610, Security Exemption Plan.
    2. (2)
      The maximum height of a fence or wall within a front yard, corner lot side yard, or build-to zone is 8 feet when the fence or wall is required by a use-specific standard or special exception standard at this height or is part of a community garden or urban agriculture use, unless the fence may block a motorists’ line of sight (see Section 27-6602(d), Avoidance of Traffic Hazards).
    Table 27-6603(a): Fence and Wall Height
    Location on LotMaximum Height (feet) (1)
    Residential and Rural and Agricultural Base Zones, Residential PD ZonesNon- residential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/ Activity Center Base and PD Zones
    Within a required front yard, build-to zone, corner lot side yard in front of the principal building (2)444
    Within any other required yard or in corner side yard behind the front plane of the principal building666
    Along the lot lines of a development consisting of multiple buildings, such as along the perimeter of an apartment complex, office park, or industrial park666
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Fence or wall height may be increased through the security plan exemption in accordance with Section 27-6610, Security Exemption Plan.
    2. (2)
      The maximum height of a fence or wall within a front yard, corner lot side yard, or build-to zone is 8 feet when the fence or wall is required by a use-specific standard or special exception standard at this height or is part of a community garden or urban agriculture use, unless the fence may block a motorists’ line of sight (see Section 27-6602(d), Avoidance of Traffic Hazards).
    Table 27-6603(a): Fence and Wall Height
    Location on LotMaximum Height (feet) (1)
    Residential and Rural and Agricultural Base Zones, Residential PD ZonesNon- residential Base Zones and IE-PD ZoneTransit-Oriented/ Activity Center Base and PD Zones
    Within a required front yard, build-to zone, corner lot side yard in front of the principal building (2)444
    Within any other required yard or in corner side yard behind the front plane of the principal building666
    Along the lot lines of a development consisting of multiple buildings, such as along the perimeter of an apartment complex, office park, or industrial park666
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Fence or wall height may be increased through the security plan exemption in accordance with Section 27-6610, Security Exemption Plan.
    2. (2)
      The maximum height of a fence or wall within a front yard, corner lot side yard, or build-to zone is 8 feet when the fence or wall is required by a use-specific standard or special exception standard at this height or is part of a community garden or urban agriculture use, unless the fence may block a motorists’ line of sight (see Section 27-6602(d), Avoidance of Traffic Hazards).
    1. (b)
      Administrative Waiver Request
      1. (1)
        Customary fencing provided as a part of a permitted tennis court, athletic field, or other recreational facility shall be exempt from the height standards in this Section.
      2. (2)
        Fence heights may be increased further through an approved security exemption plan (see Section 27-6610, Security Exemption Plan).
      3. (3)
        Fences up to eight feet in height are allowed for community gardens and urban agriculture uses (see Section 27-5102(b)(1)(A), Community Garden and Section 27-5102(b)(1)(C), Urban Agriculture).
      4. (4)
        Walls up to eight feet in height are allowed to screen service and loading areas, if they comply with the setback requirements for the associated building.
    2. (c)
      Measurement of Height

      Fence or wall height shall be measured in accordance with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Fence or wall height shall be measured from the top of the fence or wall, defined as the highest point, not including supporting columns or posts, above grade, to the grade on the side of the fence or wall where the grade is the lowest, but excluding the height of any retaining wall directly beneath the fence or wall.
      2. (2)
        Supporting columns or posts shall not extend more than 18 inches above the top of the fence or wall.
      3. (3)
        Safety railings required by the Building Code shall not be included in fence height measurements.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6604. Materials

  • (a)
    General

    Unless otherwise specified in Section 27-6604(b) below, fences and walls shall be constructed of any one or more of the following materials:

    1. (1)
      Masonry, concrete, or stone;
    2. (2)
      Ornamental metal, except that fencing shall not incorporate spiked tops within a residential zone without approval of a security exemption plan in accordance with Section 27-6610, Security Exemption Plan;
    3. (3)
      Painted wood, pressure treated wood, or rot-resistant wood such as cedar, cypress, or teak;
    4. (4)
      Composite materials designed to appear as wood, metal, or masonry;
    5. (5)
      Metal (wrought iron, welded steel; and/or electro-statically plated black aluminum, except chain-link fencing);
    6. (6)
      Vinyl;
    7. (7)
      Walls clad with substrate material intended to support living vegetation; and
    8. (8)
      Any material demonstrated by the applicant to have a similar or equal appearance and durability as a material listed in Subsections (1) through (7) above, as determined by the Planning Director (or decision-maker if the fence or wall is associated with a parent application).
  • (b)
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Zones

    Fences and walls in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones shall be constructed of any one or more of the following materials:

    1. (1)
      Native/regional stone and equivalent imitation stone;
    2. (2)
      Brick;
    3. (3)
      Stucco or decorative concrete block or poured concrete (only when a brick or stone coping is provided);
    4. (4)
      Painted or stained wood;
    5. (5)
      Metal (wrought iron, welded steel and/or electrostatically plated black aluminum), for fences and gates only; or
    6. (6)
      Black vinyl-coated chain link fences, only for schools, recreational facilities, daycare facilities, and similar outdoor uses.
  • (c)
    Prohibited Materials

    The following fence types or materials are prohibited:

    1. (1)
      Barbed and/or razor wire, unless approved as part of a security exemption plan in accordance with Section 27-6610, Security Exemption Plan, or on land with an agricultural use, or on land used for installation and operation of high-voltage equipment at substations for electrical generation, transmission, and distribution in connection with providing public utility service in the County by a regulated public utility;
    2. (2)
      Fences constructed of chicken wire, corrugated metal, fabric materials, fiberboard, garage door panels, plywood, rolled plastic, sheet metal, debris, or waste materials, unless such materials are recycled and reprocessed for marketing to the general public, as building materials designed to resemble new building materials (e.g., picket fencing made from recycled plastic and fiber);
    3. (3)
      Except where used to prevent wildlife from consuming produce in an urban agriculture use or community garden, chain link fences in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the Nonresidential base zones except the IH base zone, and the IE-PD and MU-PD zones; and
    4. (4)
      Above-ground fences that carry electrical current, except as used for the purposes of enclosing livestock in the Rural and Agricultural base zones and in the RE and RR zones (nothing shall prohibit below-ground electrical fences intended for the keeping of pets).
  • 27-6605. Perimeter Fences and Walls Abutting Street Right-of-Way

    Except in the IH base zone, fences or walls that are located within 15 feet of a street right-of-way shall:

    1. (a)
      Be of a uniform style;
    2. (b)
      Be constructed of brick, stone, concrete (when covered with stucco or similar finish), vinyl, or vertical wooden boards; and
    3. (c)
      Include breaks, offsets of at least one foot, access points, or other design details in the fence or wall plane at least every 200 feet. (see Figure 27-6605(c): Fence and Wall Offsets.)
    Figure 27-6605(c): Fence and Wall Offsets
    Examples of perimeter fences

    27-6606. Appearance

  • (a)
    Finished Side to Outside

    Unless it is used to enclose livestock, wherever a fence or wall is installed, if one side of the fence or wall appears more "finished" than the other (e.g., one side of a fence has visible support framing, such as vertical posts and horizontal rails, and the other—the more "finished" side—does not, or one side of a wall has a textured surface and other—the more "finished" side—does not), then the more "finished" side of the fence shall face the exterior of the lot rather than the interior of the lot. (see Figure 27-6606(a): Fence with Finished Side Out.)

  • Figure 27-6606(a): Fence with Finished Side Out
    Example of fence with finished side cut
    1. (b)
      Compatibility of Materials along a Single Lot Side

      All fencing or wall segments located along a single lot side shall be composed of a uniform style, materials, and colors, except when the Historic Preservation Commission requires an alternative appearance in accordance with the regulations in Subtitle 29: Preservation of Historic Resources of the County Code.

    2. (c)
      Fence and Wall Landscaping

      All fences and walls exceeding 4 feet in height, if located within 15 feet of a street right-of-way, shall be supplemented with landscape screening in accordance with the standards in Section 27-6606(c)(1) and Section 27-6606(c)(2) below, to soften the visual impact of the fence. These standards shall not apply to fences in any single-family residential zone (the RSF-A Zone and any other zone of lesser intensity per Section 27-4102(b)). (see Figure 27-6606(c): Fence and Wall Landscaping).

      1. (1)
        Shrubs Required

        At least one evergreen shrub shall be installed for every five linear feet of fence or wall, on the side of the fence or wall facing the public street right-of-way. Shrubs may be installed in a staggered, clustered, grouped, or linear fashion. See Figure 27-6606(c): Fence and Wall Landscaping.

      2. (2)
        Substitution of Shade Trees

        One shade or ornamental tree may be substituted for every three shrubs provided that the tree meets the size standards of the Landscape Manual.

    Figure 27-6606(c): Fence and Wall Landscaping
    Dimensions for fence and Wall Landscaping

    27-6607. Fence and Wall Construction

    Fences and walls shall comply with all applicable Building Code requirements.

    27-6608. Gates

    Gates shall comply with the following standards:

    1. (a)
      All gates shall have hardware to secure the gate in a closed position.
    2. (b)
      All unattended gates and gates opening onto a public sidewalk area shall be self-closing, self-latching, and locked when not in use.

    27-6609. Retaining Walls

    Retaining walls are to be used in appropriate locations to reduce the steepness of slopes and to provide planting pockets conducive to revegetation. They shall comply with the following standards:

    1. (a)
      A retaining wall may be permitted to support steep slopes but should not exceed six feet in height from the finished grade, except for:
      1. (1)
        A structure’s foundation wall, or
      2. (2)
        As necessary to construct a driveway from the street to a garage or parking area, or
      3. (3)
        As otherwise expressly allowed by this Ordinance.
    2. (b)
      In all exceptions identified in Subsection (a) above, a retaining wall shall not exceed ten feet in height.
    3. (c)
      Retaining walls greater than six feet in height shall comply with the building setbacks in the zone which they are located, unless it is constructed because grades are lower on the site where it is located.
    4. (d)
      The width of any terrace between any two six-foot vertical retaining walls should be at least three feet. Retaining walls higher than six feet should be separated from any other retaining wall by a minimum of five horizontal feet. Terraces created between retaining walls shall be permanently landscaped or revegetated with native vegetation.
    5. (e)
      Retaining walls used to support existing road cuts may exceed the height limits and other requirements in Subsections (a), (b), and (c) above.
    6. (f)
      Retaining walls shall be faced with stone, brick, or earth-colored materials similar to the surrounding natural landscape.
    7. (g)
      All retaining walls shall comply with the Building Code.

    27-6610. Security Exemption Plan

  • (a)
    A landowner in need of heightened security may submit to the Planning Director, or, where delegated pursuant to Section 27-3308(b), the municipality in which the development application is located a security exemption plan proposing a fence or wall taller than those permitted by this Section, an electric fence, or proposing the use of barbed and/or razor wire atop a fence or wall for security reasons.
  • (b)
    The Board of Appeals or  municipality may approve or approve with conditions, the security exemption plan, upon finding all of the following:
    1. (1)
      Need for Safety or Security Reasons

      The condition, location, or use of the land, or the history of activity in the area, indicates the land or any materials stored or used on it are in significantly greater danger of theft or damage than surrounding land, or represent a significant hazard to public safety without:

      1. (A)
        A taller fence or wall;
      2. (B)
        An electric fence; or
      3. (C)
        Use of barbed and/or razor wire atop a fence or wall.
    2. (2)
      No Adverse Effect

      The proposed fence or wall will not have a significant adverse effect on the security, functioning, appearance, or value of adjacent lands or the surrounding area as a whole.

  • (c)
    If the Board of Appeals or municipality finds the applicant fails to demonstrate compliance with Sections 27-6610(b)(1) and 27-6610(b)(2) above, the security plan shall be disapproved.
  • (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6701. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose and intent of this Section is to regulate exterior lighting to:

    1. (a)
      Ensure all exterior lighting is designed and installed to maintain adequate lighting levels on site;
    2. (b)
      Assure that excessive light spillage and glare are not directed at adjacent lands, neighboring areas, and motorists;
    3. (c)
      Curtail light pollution, reduce skyglow, and preserve the nighttime environment;
    4. (d)
      Conserve energy and resources to the greatest extent possible; and
    5. (e)
      Provide security for persons and land.

    27-6702. Exemptions

    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the following types of lighting are exempted from the standards of this Section:

    1. (a)
      Lighting exempt under State or Federal law;
    2. (b)
      FAA-mandated lighting associated with a utility tower or airport;
    3. (c)
      Lighting for public monuments and statuary;
    4. (d)
      Lighting solely for signage (see Section 27-61500, Signage);
    5. (e)
      Outdoor lighting fixtures that are necessary for worker safety at farms and other agricultural uses, but not including lighting of residential buildings or parking areas associated with a farm or agricultural use;
    6. (f)
      Lighting for outdoor recreational uses such as ball diamonds, playing fields, tennis courts and similar uses, provided that:
      1. (1)
        Maximum illumination at the property line is not brighter than two foot-candles; and
      2. (2)
        Exterior lighting is extinguished no later than 11:00 p.m. except to complete an activity that is in progress prior to 11:00 p.m.
    7. (g)
      Temporary lighting for circuses, fairs, carnivals, theatrical and other performance areas, provided such lighting is discontinued upon completion of the activity;
    8. (h)
      Temporary lighting of construction sites, provided such lighting is discontinued upon completion of the construction activity;
    9. (i)
      Temporary lighting for emergency situations, provided such lighting is discontinued upon abatement of the emergency situation;
    10. (j)
      Security lighting controlled and activated by motion sensor devices for a duration of 15 minutes or less;
    11. (k)
      Underwater lighting in swimming pools, fountains, and other water features;
    12. (l)
      Holiday or festive lighting-provided such lighting does not create unsafe glare on street rights-of-way;
    13. (m)
      Lighting provided by the Federal, State, or a local government (including but not limited to the County and a municipality); and
    14. (n)
      Outdoor lighting fixtures that do not comply with provisions of this Section on April 1, 2022, provided they are brought into compliance with this Section when they become unrepairable and must be replaced.

    27-6703. Lighting Plan

    To ensure compliance with the standards of this Section, a lighting plan demonstrating how exterior lighting will comply with the standards of this Section shall be included as part of a development application for a site plan or building permit, as appropriate.

    27-6704. Prohibited Lighting

    The following exterior lighting is prohibited:

    1. (a)
      Light fixtures that imitate an official highway or traffic control light or sign;
    2. (b)
      Light fixtures that have a flashing or intermittent pattern of illumination, except signage with an intermittent pattern of illumination allowed in accordance with Sec. 27-61500, Signage.
    3. (c)
      Privately-owned light fixtures located in the public right-of-way;
    4. (d)
      Searchlights, except when used by Federal, State, or local authorities, or where they are used to illuminate alleys, parking garages, and working (maintenance) areas, so long as they are shielded and aimed so that they do not result in lighting on any adjacent lot or public right-of-way exceeding two foot-candles; and
    5. (e)
      Light types of limited spectral emission, such as low-pressure sodium or mercury vapor lights. Light sources shall be color-correct types such as Halogen, LED, or metal halide.

    27-6705. Private Street Lighting

  • (a)
    All private street lights shall be located inside full cut-off fixtures mounted on non-corrosive poles served by underground wiring.
  • (b)
    The light fixture and light color of private street lights in an individual subdivision or development shall be consistent throughout the subdivision or development.
  • (c)
    Correlated color temperature (CCT) of street lights shall not exceed 3000K.
  • 27-6706. General Standards for Exterior Lighting

    Development subject to this Section shall comply with the following standards:

    1. (a)
      Hours of Illumination

      Public, civic, and institutional uses, commercial uses, mixed-uses, and industrial uses that are adjacent to existing residential development shall extinguish all exterior lighting by 11:00 P.M. or within one hour of the closing of the establishment open latest, whichever occurs last. Lighting necessary for outdoor recreational uses such as ball diamonds, playing fields, tennis courts, and similar uses; lighting necessary for security as listed in Subsections 27-6702(e) and 27-6702(j) and Section 27-6709; or lighting necessary for emergency situations as listed in Subsection 27-6702(i), shall be exempt from this requirement. For the purposes of this paragraph, lighting "necessary for security” shall be construed to mean the amount of exterior lighting necessary to provide an average of 2.5 foot-candles of light, with a maximum of 3 foot-candles of light at any point, in the following areas: possible points of entry or exit into a structure, illumination of exterior walkways, or illumination of outdoor storage areas. Lighting activated by motion sensor devices is strongly encouraged.

    2. (b)
      Shielding with Full Cut-off Fixtures

      All exterior luminaries, including security lighting, shall be full cut-off fixtures that are directed downward, consistent with Figure 27-6706(b).1: Full Cut-off Fixtures. In no case shall lighting be directed above a horizontal plane through the lighting fixture (see Section 27-6706(b).2: Examples of Fully-Shielded Light Fixtures).

    Figure 27-6706(b).1: Full Cut-off Fixtures
    Examples of full cutoff fixtures
    Figure 27-6706(b).2: Examples of Fully-Shielded Light Fixtures
    Examples of fully shielded light fixtures
    1. (c)
      Maximum Illumination Levels
      1. (1)
        Except for private street lighting (see Section 27-6705, Private Street Lighting), all exterior lighting and indoor lighting visible from outside shall be designed and located so that the maximum illumination measured in foot-candles at ground level at a lot line shall not exceed the standards in Table 27-6706(c).1: Maximum Illumination Levels. See Figure 27-6706(c).2: Maximum Illumination Levels.
    Table 27-6706(c).1: Maximum Illumination Levels
    Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line Maximum Illumination Level at Lot Line (Foot-Candles)
    Residential use or vacant land in the Rural and Agricultural base zones and the Residential zones (except multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, and all uses in the Group Living Use Category)0.5
    Multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, all uses in the Group Living Use Category, all uses in the Public, Civic, and Institutional Use Category, and residential uses in the IE, IH, and IE-PD zones.1.0
    Commercial or mixed uses, residential uses, or vacant land in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the MU-PD zone, and the CN, CS, and CGO base zones (including parking facilities)2.0
    Industrial uses and vacant land in the IE and IH base zones, and the IE- PD zone (including parking facilities)3.0
    Parking facilities (when provided/built as stand-alone uses)2.5
    Table 27-6706(c).1: Maximum Illumination Levels
    Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line Maximum Illumination Level at Lot Line (Foot-Candles)
    Residential use or vacant land in the Rural and Agricultural base zones and the Residential zones (except multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, and all uses in the Group Living Use Category)0.5
    Multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, all uses in the Group Living Use Category, all uses in the Public, Civic, and Institutional Use Category, and residential uses in the IE, IH, and IE-PD zones.1.0
    Commercial or mixed uses, residential uses, or vacant land in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the MU-PD zone, and the CN, CS, and CGO base zones (including parking facilities)2.0
    Industrial uses and vacant land in the IE and IH base zones, and the IE- PD zone (including parking facilities)3.0
    Parking facilities (when provided/built as stand-alone uses)2.5
    Table 27-6706(c).1: Maximum Illumination Levels
    Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line Maximum Illumination Level at Lot Line (Foot-Candles)
    Residential use or vacant land in the Rural and Agricultural base zones and the Residential zones (except multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, and all uses in the Group Living Use Category)0.5
    Multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, all uses in the Group Living Use Category, all uses in the Public, Civic, and Institutional Use Category, and residential uses in the IE, IH, and IE-PD zones.1.0
    Commercial or mixed uses, residential uses, or vacant land in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the MU-PD zone, and the CN, CS, and CGO base zones (including parking facilities)2.0
    Industrial uses and vacant land in the IE and IH base zones, and the IE- PD zone (including parking facilities)3.0
    Parking facilities (when provided/built as stand-alone uses)2.5
    Table 27-6706(c).1: Maximum Illumination Levels
    Type of Use Abutting a Lot Line Maximum Illumination Level at Lot Line (Foot-Candles)
    Residential use or vacant land in the Rural and Agricultural base zones and the Residential zones (except multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, and all uses in the Group Living Use Category)0.5
    Multifamily, townhouse, and live/work uses, all uses in the Group Living Use Category, all uses in the Public, Civic, and Institutional Use Category, and residential uses in the IE, IH, and IE-PD zones.1.0
    Commercial or mixed uses, residential uses, or vacant land in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, the MU-PD zone, and the CN, CS, and CGO base zones (including parking facilities)2.0
    Industrial uses and vacant land in the IE and IH base zones, and the IE- PD zone (including parking facilities)3.0
    Parking facilities (when provided/built as stand-alone uses)2.5
    Figure 27-6706(c).2: Maximum Illumination Levels
    Specifications for maximum illumination levels
    1.  
      1. (2)
        All exterior light fixtures shall generate at least 80 lumens per watt of energy consumed, as shown on the manufacturers specifications for the fixture.
    1. (d)
      Maximum Height

      Except for athletic field lighting fixtures, which shall not exceed 95 feet in height, and private street lighting (see Section 27-6705, Private Street Lighting), the height of exterior light fixtures, whether mounted on poles, walls, or by other means, shall comply with the standards in Table 27-6706(d): Maximum Height for Exterior Lighting.

    Table 27-6706(d): Maximum Height for Exterior Lighting
    ZoneMaximum Height
    Rural and Agricultural base zones16 feet
    Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone16 feet
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones and the MU-PD Zone20 feet
    Nonresidential base zones and the IE-PD Zone30 feet
    Within 100 feet of a Residential base zone and the R-PD Zone16 feet
    Table 27-6706(d): Maximum Height for Exterior Lighting
    ZoneMaximum Height
    Rural and Agricultural base zones16 feet
    Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone16 feet
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones and the MU-PD Zone20 feet
    Nonresidential base zones and the IE-PD Zone30 feet
    Within 100 feet of a Residential base zone and the R-PD Zone16 feet
    Table 27-6706(d): Maximum Height for Exterior Lighting
    ZoneMaximum Height
    Rural and Agricultural base zones16 feet
    Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone16 feet
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones and the MU-PD Zone20 feet
    Nonresidential base zones and the IE-PD Zone30 feet
    Within 100 feet of a Residential base zone and the R-PD Zone16 feet
    Table 27-6706(d): Maximum Height for Exterior Lighting
    ZoneMaximum Height
    Rural and Agricultural base zones16 feet
    Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone16 feet
    Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones and the MU-PD Zone20 feet
    Nonresidential base zones and the IE-PD Zone30 feet
    Within 100 feet of a Residential base zone and the R-PD Zone16 feet

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6707. Lighting Design Standards for Specific Uses and Site Features

    In addition to complying with all applicable standards in Section 27-6706, General Standards for Exterior Lighting, the specific uses and site features identified in this Section shall comply with the standards established for that type of use or site feature.

    1. (a)
      Awnings

      Awnings used for building accents over doors and windows shall not be internally illuminated (i.e., from underneath or behind the awning) unless the awning material is entirely opaque.

    2. (b)
      Canopies

      Lighting under a canopy shall be designed so as not to create glare off-site. Acceptable methods to address this include one or both of the following:

      1. (1)
        A recessed fixture incorporating a lens cover that is either recessed or flush with the bottom surface (ceiling) of the canopy that provides full cutoff or fully-shielded light distribution; or
      2. (2)
        A surface-mounted fixture incorporating a flat glass that provides a full cutoff or fully-shielded light distribution.
    3. (c)
      Sports and Performance Venues

      Lighting fixtures for outdoor sports areas, athletic fields, and performance areas shall be equipped with a glare control package (e.g., louvers, shields, or similar devices) and aimed so that their beams are directed and fall within the primary playing or performance area.

    4. (d)
      Wall Pack Lights

      Wall packs on the exterior of the building shall be fully shielded (e.g., true cut-off type bulb or light source not visible from off-site) to direct the light vertically downward and be of low wattage (100 watts or lower).

    5. (e)
      Pedestrian Lighting

      Pedestrian light fixtures shall comply with the following:

      1. (1)
        Light fixtures for sidewalks, walkways, trails, and bicycle paths shall provide at least 1.2 foot candles of illumination, but not exceed 2.0 foot candles.
      2. (2)
        Pedestrian bollard lamps shall be mounted no higher than four feet above grade and shall not exceed 900 lumens for any single lamp (see Figure 27-6707(e): Examples of Pedestrian Bollard Lamps).
    Figure 27-6707(e): Examples of Pedestrian Bollard Lamps
    Examples of Pedestrian Bollard Lamps
    1. (f)
      Decorative Landscaping and Lighting

      Outdoor light fixtures used for decorative effects shall comply with the following standards.

      1. (1)
        Decorative lighting intended to enhance the appearance of a building and/or landscaping shall cast all light downward (rather than upward) against the building surface or onto a landscape feature, or shall be calibrated to illuminate features of the building or landscaping such that light spill-over and skyglow are avoided.
      2. (2)
        Decorative lighting shall not exceed 100 watts of incandescent illuminance or the equivalent.

    27-6708. Measurement

    Light-level measurements shall be made at the lot line of the land upon which light to be measured is being generated. If measurement on private property is not possible or practical, light level measurements may be made at the boundary of the public street right-of-way that adjoins the land. Measurements shall be made at finished grade (ground level), with the light-registering portion of the meter held parallel to the ground pointing up. The meter shall have cosine and color correction and have an accuracy tolerance of no greater than plus or minus five percent. Upon installation, the applicant shall demonstrate compliance with this Section by submitting measurements taken with a light meter to the Planning Director. The light meter shall have been calibrated within the prior two years.

    27-6709. Security Exemption Plan

  • (a)
    A landowner may submit a security plan to the Planning Director, or where delegated pursuant to Section 27-3308(b), the municipality in which the development application is located proposing exterior lighting that deviates from the standards in this Section. The Planning Director or municipality shall approve or approve with conditions the security plan and its proposed deviation from the standards, upon finding that the applicant demonstrates:
    1. (1)
      The proposed deviation from the standards is necessary for the adequate protection of the subject land, development, or the public;
    2. (2)
      The condition, location, or use of the land, or the history of activity in the area, indicates the land or any materials stored or used on it are in significantly greater danger of theft or damage, or members of the public are at greater risk for harm than on surrounding land without the additional lighting; and
    3. (3)
      The proposed deviation from the standards is the minimum necessary, and will not have a significant adverse effect on neighboring lands.
  • (b)
    If the Planning Director or municipality finds the applicant fails to demonstrate compliance with Subsections 27-6709(a)(1) through 27-6709(a)(3) above, the security plan shall be disapproved.
  • (CB-015-2024) 

    27-6801. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose of this Section is to ensure that development complies with County environmental protection regulations referenced in Sections 27-6802 through 27-6809 and the noise control standards of Section 27-6810, Noise Control, below.

    27-6802. Natural Resource Inventory (NRI)

    An approved NRI, in conformance with the Environmental Technical Manual, is required for applications for Subtitle 32, Division 2, Erosion and Sediment Control; Subtitle 32, Division 3, Stormwater Management; Subtitle 25, Division 2, Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation; Subtitle 5B, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area; Planned Development (PD) Zoning Map Amendment applications (Section 27-3602); special exception applications (Section 27-3604); detailed site plan applications (Section 27-3605); and preliminary plan of subdivision (minor or major) applications (Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations).

    27-6803. Trees and Vegetation

    As described in the applicability sections of Subtitle 25: Trees and Vegetation, development shall comply with the requirements of Subtitle 25, Division 1, General; Subtitle 25, Division 2, Woodland and Wildlife Habitat Conservation Ordinance; and Subtitle 25, Division 3, Tree Canopy Coverage Ordinance, of the Prince George's County Code.

    27-6804. Floodplain Management

    As described in the applicability sections of Subtitle 32: Water Resources Protection and Grading Code, development shall comply with the requirements for floodplain management in accordance with Subtitle 32, Division 4, Floodplain Ordinance, of the Prince George’s County Code.

    27-6805. Erosion and Sedimentation Control

    An approved Grading, Erosion, and Sediment Control Plan is required as described in the applicability sections of Subtitle 32: Water Resources Protection and Grading Code. Development shall comply with the requirements for sedimentation and erosion control in accordance with Subtitle 32, Division 2, Grading, Drainage and Erosion and Sedimentation Control, of the Prince George’s County Code.

    27-6806. Stormwater Management

    As described in the applicability sections of Subtitle 32: Water Resources Protection and Grading Code, development shall comply with the requirements for stormwater management in accordance with Subtitle 32, Division 3, Stormwater Management, of the Prince George’s County Code.

    27-6807. Chesapeake Bay Critical Area

    For all land within the CBCAO Zone, see Section 27-3601, Zoning Map Amendment (ZMA), Section 27-3603, Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay (CBCAO) Zoning Map Amendment, Section 27-4402(a), Chesapeake Bay Critical Area Overlay (CBCAO) Zones, and Subtitle 5B: Chesapeake Bay Critical Area, of the County Code, for applicable regulations and submittal requirements.

    27-6808. Regulated Environmental Features

    All land located outside the CBCAO Zone is subject to the requirements of Section 24-4300, Environmental Standards, of Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations.

    27-6809. Unsafe Lands

    All applications shall conform to the requirements pertaining to unsafe land in Section 24-4300, Environmental Standards, of Subtitle 24: Subdivision Regulations.

    27-6810. Noise Control

  • (a)
    For the principal uses identified below, the maximum level of noise generated by the use on a lot or parcel at any point along its boundary abutting a residential use, a commercial use, a mixed-use development, or an industrial use shall not exceed the maximum allowable noise level for that use established in Table 27-6810: Maximum Allowable Noise Levels for Receiving Lands.
    1. (1)
    2. (2)
    3. (3)
      Arena, stadium, or amphitheater;
    4. (4)
    5. (5)
    6. (6)
      College or university;
    7. (7)
      Concrete batching plant or asphalt mixing plant;
    8. (8)
    9. (9)
    10. (10)
    11. (11)
    12. (12)
      Fraternity or sorority house;
    13. (13)
    14. (14)
      Kennel (regardless of lot size);
    15. (15)
      Landfill, land clearing debris;
    16. (16)
    17. (17)
    18. (18)
    19. (19)
    20. (20)
    21. (21)
    22. (22)
      Rifle, pistol, or skeet shooting range (regardless of location);
    23. (23)
    24. (24)
    25. (25)
    26. (26)
      Sawmill;
    27. (27)
    28. (28)
    29. (29)
    30. (30)
    31. (31)
      Uses in the Transportation Uses principal use category;
    32. (32)
      Vehicle sales and rental, commercial;
    33. (33)
      Vehicle sales and rental, personal;
    34. (34)
    35. (35)
  • Table 27-6810: Maximum Allowable Noise Levels for Receiving Lands
    Type of UseTime of Day
    Day (7:00 A.M. to
    10:00 P.M.)
    Night (10:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M.)
    Residential Uses65 dBA Leq55 dBA Leq
    Commercial and Mixed Uses67 dBA Leq62 dBA Leq
    Industrial Uses75 dBA Leq75 dBA Leq
    Table 27-6810: Maximum Allowable Noise Levels for Receiving Lands
    Type of UseTime of Day
    Day (7:00 A.M. to
    10:00 P.M.)
    Night (10:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M.)
    Residential Uses65 dBA Leq55 dBA Leq
    Commercial and Mixed Uses67 dBA Leq62 dBA Leq
    Industrial Uses75 dBA Leq75 dBA Leq
    Table 27-6810: Maximum Allowable Noise Levels for Receiving Lands
    Type of UseTime of Day
    Day (7:00 A.M. to
    10:00 P.M.)
    Night (10:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M.)
    Residential Uses65 dBA Leq55 dBA Leq
    Commercial and Mixed Uses67 dBA Leq62 dBA Leq
    Industrial Uses75 dBA Leq75 dBA Leq
    Table 27-6810: Maximum Allowable Noise Levels for Receiving Lands
    Type of UseTime of Day
    Day (7:00 A.M. to
    10:00 P.M.)
    Night (10:00 P.M. to 7:00 A.M.)
    Residential Uses65 dBA Leq55 dBA Leq
    Commercial and Mixed Uses67 dBA Leq62 dBA Leq
    Industrial Uses75 dBA Leq75 dBA Leq
    1. (b)
      Except within a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base or PD zone or the MU-PD Zone, the following shall not be located on a lot or parcel adjacent to an existing street classified as arterial or higher unless the applicant demonstrates, through a noise study, that transportation-generated noise is less than, or will be mitigated to be less than, 55 dBA during the hours of 10:00 PM to 7:00 AM and no greater than 65 dBA during the hours of 7:00 AM to 10:00 PM at the proposed location:
      1. (1)
        Any new structure intended for residential occupancy in the Residential Uses principal use classification;
      2. (2)
        Day care center for children outdoor activity areas, including but not limited to playgrounds and sitting areas; and
      3. (3)
        Nursing home facilities.
    2. (c)
      Where applicable, development shall comply with the requirements for noise control in Section 27-4402(c), Military Installation Overlay (MIO) Zone.
    3. (d)
      Residential lots and uses that are adjacent to existing or planned streets classified as arterial or higher shall demonstrate that outdoor activity areas are mitigated to 65 dBA during the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m., and 55 dBA during the hours of 10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m., and that interior noise levels are mitigated to 45 dBA or less through the submission of a noise study prepared and signed by a professional engineer with competence in acoustical engineering.

    27-6901. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose and intent of these multifamily, townhouse, and three-family form and design standards are to:

    1. (a)
      Establish a minimum level of development quality for multifamily, townhouse, and three-family residential development;
    2. (b)
      Promote greater compatibility between multifamily, townhouse, and three-family residential development and other allowable uses; and
    3. (c)
      Provide landowners, developers, architects, builders, business owners, and others with a clear and equitable set of parameters for developing land.

    27-6902. Exemptions

    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the standards in this Section shall not apply to any dwellings located above a nonresidential use.

    27-6903. Multifamily, Townhouse, and Three-Family Form and Design Standards

    Development subject to this Section shall comply with the following standards.

    1. (a)
      Site Access

      New multifamily, townhouse, or three-family development with 20 or more dwelling units shall have:

      1. (1)
        At least one secondary point of vehicular access to or from the site to ensure emergency vehicle access, if feasible.
      2. (2)
        No primary vehicular access along a local street serving existing single-family detached dwellings—provided, however, that secondary vehicle access for emergency vehicles may be provided along such a local street if other points of access are not available.
    2. (b)
      Location of Off-Street Parking
      1. (1)
        For multifamily dwellings only, no more than 50 percent of off-street surface parking may be located between a building and the street it faces unless the parking bays are screened from view from the street by another building. Interior structures within a multi-building development served by a central, private driveway are exempted from this requirement. (see Figure 27-6903(b): Multifamily, Townhouse, or Three-Family Parking Location).
      2. (2)
        For all multifamily, townhouse, and three-family buildings:
        1. (A)
          Guest and overflow parking within a development subject to these standards shall be located to the side or rear of the building containing the units, to the maximum extent practicable.
        2. (B)
          Off-street surface parking located beside a building shall not occupy more than 35 percent of the parcel’s street frontage. Associated driving areas shall be included as part of such off-street surface parking.
    Figure 27-6903(b): Multifamily, Townhouse, or Three-Family Parking Location
    Specifications for parking locations
    1. (c)
      Building Orientation and Configuration
      1. (1)
        Single-Building Development

        The primary entrance of a multifamily, townhouse, or three-family single-building development shall face the street or a common open space such as a mews.

      2. (2)
        Multi-Building Development

        Multifamily, townhouse, and three-family developments with more than one building shall be configured so that primary building entrances are oriented towards external streets, internal streets, or open space areas (like mews or courtyards). Buildings may be oriented towards off-street parking lots only in cases where no other practical alternative exists. (see Figure 27-6903(c)(2): Multi-Building Orientation)

    Figure 27-6903(c)(2): Multi-Building Orientation
    Orientation configuration for multi-buildings
    1. (d)
      Maximum Building Length
      1. (1)
        The maximum length of any multifamily, townhouse, or three-family building shall be 150 linear feet in the RSF-A and RMF‐12 zones; and 250 linear feet in the RMF-20, RMF-48, and CGO zones, regardless of the number of units.
    2. (e)
      Building Façades

      For all multifamily, townhouse, and three-family buildings, except as noted in Section 27-6903(e)(3) below:

      1. (1)
        Façades of all buildings subject to these standards that face a street shall incorporate wall offsets, in the form of projections or recesses in the façade plane, spaced no more than 50 feet apart (see Figure 27-6903(e)(1): Changes in Building Façade), unless the applicant provides a design of similar or superior quality.
    Figure 27-6903(e)(1): Changes in Building Façade
    Example of wall offsets for a building facade
    1.  
      1. (2)
        Wall offsets shall have a minimum depth of two feet.
      2. (3)
        In addition to wall offsets, street-facing façades of multifamily, townhouse, and three-family buildings shall provide a minimum of three of the following design features for each residential building fronting onto a public street (see Figure 27-6903(e)(3): Examples of Front Façades):
        1. (A)
          One or more dormer windows or cupolas;
        2. (B)
          A recessed entrance;
        3. (C)
          A covered porch;
        4. (D)
          Pillars, posts, or columns next to the doorway;
        5. (E)
          One or more bay windows projecting at least twelve inches from the façade plane;
        6. (F)
          Eaves projecting at least six inches from the façade plane;
        7. (G)
          Raised corniced parapets over the entrance door;
        8. (H)
          Multiple windows with a minimum four-inch-wide trim;
        9. (I)
          Integrated planters that incorporate landscaped areas or places for sitting; or
        10. (J)
          Roof form and line changes consistent with the wall offsets.
    Figure 27-6903(e)(3): Examples of Front Façades
    Examples of front facades Example of a front facade
    1. (f)
      Roofs

      For all multifamily dwellings:

      1. (1)
        Sloped roofs on buildings over 100 feet in length shall include two or more different sloping roof planes, each with a minimum pitch between 3:12 and 12:12.
      2. (2)
        Flat roofs shall be concealed by parapets that extend at least three feet above the roof level and have three-dimensional cornice treatments that project at least eight inches outward from the parapet façade plane.
      3. (3)
        Alternative roof forms or pitches may be allowed for small roof sections over porches, entryways, or similar features.
      4. (4)
        All roof-based mechanical equipment, as well as vents, pipes, antennas, satellite dishes, and other roof penetrations (except chimneys), shall be located on the rear elevations or otherwise be configured and screened (if necessary) to have a minimal visual impact as seen from the street.
    2. (g)
      Building Façade Fenestration/Transparency

      At least 15 percent of the street-facing façade area of the ground-level floor of any multifamily, townhouse, or three-family building (as measured from the grade to the underside of the eave, top of the parapet, or the story line denoting the second floor) shall be occupied by windows or doorways.

    3. (h)
      Materials

      For all multifamily, townhouse, and three-family buildings:

      1. (1)
        Primary façade materials shall not change at outside corners, but extend along any side façade that is visible from a street. In all instances the extension shall be a minimum of 20 feet, with the exception that materials may change where side or rear wings meet the main body of the structure.
      2. (2)
        Material changes shall occur along a horizontal line or where two forms meet. It is acceptable, however, that change of materials occur as accents around windows, doors, cornices, at corners, or as a repetitive pattern. See Figure 27-6903(h): Example of Building Façade, Roof, Fenestration/Transparency, and Materials Requirements for Multifamily Building.
      3. (3)
        Townhouse development shall conform with the building material requirements set forth in Section 27-61203(d), Building Materials, of this Subtitle.
    Figure 27-6903(h): Example of Building Façade, Roof, Fenestration/Transparency and Materials Requirements for Multifamily Building
    Specifications for building facade, roof, material requirements, etc.
    1. (i)
      Garage Standards

      For all multifamily, townhouse, and three-family buildings:

      1. (1)
        Detached garages or carports shall be located to the side or rear of the building(s) containing the dwellings. A parking structure is exempt from this requirement. (see Figure 27-6903(i): Garage Placement.)
    Figure 27-6903(i): Garage Placement
    Specifications for garage parking
    1.  
      1. (2)
        Freestanding garages or carports visible from public streets outside the development shall be oriented perpendicular to the street, or the façade facing the street shall be configured to comply with the required wall offsets and façade design features in Section 27-6903(e), Building Façades.
      2. (3)
        The exterior materials, design features, and roof forms detached garages or carports should generally be compatible with the building(s) they serve.
    1. (j)
      Outdoor Activity Areas

      For all multifamily, townhouse, and three-family buildings, ground-level outdoor activity areas, porches, decks, vending areas, and other similar site attributes shall be screened from adjacent single-family dwellings with a perimeter buffer in accordance with Section 4.7, Buffering Incompatible Uses, of the Landscape Manual.

    27-61001. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose and intent of these nonresidential and mixed-use form and design standards are to ensure a minimum quality of form and design for commercial and mixed-use development in a way that results in greater predictability during the development review process. More specifically, the purposes of this Section are to:

    1. (a)
      Encourage the establishment of a stronger sense of place with vibrant commercial and mixed-use development;
    2. (b)
      Encourage a more pedestrian-friendly environment through attention to human-scale design and site features to limit large, bulky buildings with few architectural details;
    3. (c)
      Foster greater compatibility between adjacent residential and nonresidential development;
    4. (d)
      Limit the impacts of automobile-oriented development in commercial and mixed-use areas; and
    5. (e)
      Improve the physical appearance of the County generally.

    27-61002. Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design Standards

    Development subject to this Section shall comply with the following standards.

    1. (a)
      Large Retail Establishments

      New large single-use retail buildings shall also comply with the standards in Section 27-61003, Large Retail Establishment Form and Design Standards.

    2. (b)
      Building Orientation
      1. (1)
        Front Streets

        The front façade of all buildings, as defined by the primary entrance, shall be oriented on and front onto a street, a courtyard, or plaza. See Figure 27-61002(a): Example of Building Orientation.

    Figure 27-61002(a): Example of Building Orientation
    Example of Building Orientation
    1.  
      1. (2)
        Single-Building Development

        To the maximum extent practicable, all single-building developments should be configured with the long axis of the building parallel to the street it fronts, or be consistent with existing development patterns, rather than being sited at unconventional angles.

      2. (3)
        Multi-Building Development
        1. (A)
          The primary entrances of buildings shall be oriented towards a street along the perimeter of a development, towards streets or driveways interior to the development, or towards open space areas, courtyards, or plazas.
        2. (B)
          Developments totaling 120,000 or more square feet of floor area that are composed of multiple buildings shall be configured to accomplish any one or combination of the following:
        1.  
          1. (i)
            Break up the site into a series of smaller "blocks" defined by on-site streets, vehicle accessways, pedestrian walkways, or other circulation routes, as appropriate;
          2. (ii)
            Frame the corner of an abutting street intersection or entry point to the development;
          3. (iii)
            Frame and enclose a "Main Street" pedestrian or vehicle access corridor within the development site, if appropriate; and
          4. (iv)
            Frame and enclose outdoor dining or gathering spaces for pedestrians between buildings.
    1. (c)
      Outparcel Development
      1. (1)
        To the maximum extent practicable, outparcels and their buildings should be configured and located to define street edges, development entry points, and spaces for gathering or seating between buildings.
      2. (2)
        Spaces between buildings on outparcels shall be configured with small scale pedestrian amenities such as plazas, seating areas, pedestrian connections, and gathering spaces. (see Figure 27-61002(c): Outparcel Development.)
    Figure 27-61002(c): Outparcel Development
    Specifications for outparcel developments
    1. (d)
      Maximum Building Footprints for Single-Tenant Buildings

      Maximum building footprints for single-tenant buildings featuring a use in the Retail Sales and Service Uses principal use category in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones are listed according to the zone in which the building is located in Table 27-61002(d)(1): Maximum Building Footprints for Single-Tenant Retail Buildings in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones. 

    Table 27-61002(d)(1): Maximum Building Footprints for Single-Tenant Retail Buildings in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones

    Zone

    Maximum Building Footprint

    (square feet)

    NAC

    50,000

    TAC

    75,000

    LTO

    75,000

    RTO-L

    50,000

    RTO-H

    40,000

    Table 27-61002(d)(1): Maximum Building Footprints for Single-Tenant Retail Buildings in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones

    Zone

    Maximum Building Footprint

    (square feet)

    NAC

    50,000

    TAC

    75,000

    LTO

    75,000

    RTO-L

    50,000

    RTO-H

    40,000

    Table 27-61002(d)(1): Maximum Building Footprints for Single-Tenant Retail Buildings in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones

    Zone

    Maximum Building Footprint

    (square feet)

    NAC

    50,000

    TAC

    75,000

    LTO

    75,000

    RTO-L

    50,000

    RTO-H

    40,000

    Table 27-61002(d)(1): Maximum Building Footprints for Single-Tenant Retail Buildings in the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones

    Zone

    Maximum Building Footprint

    (square feet)

    NAC

    50,000

    TAC

    75,000

    LTO

    75,000

    RTO-L

    50,000

    RTO-H

    40,000

    1. (e)
      Façade Articulation
      1. (1)
        Offsets Required

        Street-facing front building façades that are greater than 60 feet wide shall be articulated with wall offsets (e.g., projections or recesses in the façade plane) that are at least one foot deep, at least ten feet wide, and spaced no more than 50 feet apart (see Figure 27-61002(e)(1): Example of Front Façade Offsets).

    Figure 27-61002(e)(1): Example of Front Façade Offsets
    Dimensions for front façade offsets
    1.  
      1. (2)
        Offset Alternatives

        The following techniques may be used (alone or in combination with other techniques and/or wall offsets) as an alternative to the required front façade offsets (see Figure 27-61002(e)(2): Façade Massing):

        1. (A)
          Changes in façade color or material that follow the same dimensional standards as the offset requirements;
        2. (B)
          Columns or pilasters that are at least eight inches deep and at least eight inches wide, and have a height equal to at least 80 percent of the façade’s height; or
        3. (C)
          Roofline changes that vertically align with a corresponding wall offset or change in façade color or material, including changes in roof planes and changes in the height of a parapet (such as extending the top of pilasters above the top of the parapet).
    Figure 27-61002(e)(2): Façade Massing
    Examples of façade massing
    1.  
      1. (3)
        Side and Rear Façades

        Any street-facing side or rear façades of buildings shall be articulated with the same façade details as provided on the building’s front façade, or be screened from off-site views through fences, walls, or landscaping.

      2. (4)
        Outbuildings

        Outbuildings located in front of other buildings within the same development shall include a consistent level of façade articulation and architectural detail on all sides of the building, as well as exterior materials and colors that are compatible with the primary building in the development.

    1. (f)
      Façade Materials
      1. (1)
        With the exception of development within the Innovation Corridor as designated in the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan, parcels fronting US 1 located south of the Innovation Corridor to the border with Washington, D.C., and parcels fronting 34th Street between Shepard Street and Otis Street, the use of aluminum siding, vinyl siding, corrugated metal siding, or other metal cladding is prohibited on any façade visible from a street right-of-way. Nothing shall limit the use of high-quality, decorative metal (e.g., brass, copper, steel) as a building accent material.
      2. (2)
        Primary façade materials shall not change at outside corners, but extend along any side façade visible from a street right-of-way. In all instances the extension shall be a minimum of 20 feet, with the exception of materials that may change where side or rear wings meet the main body of the structure. Where two or more materials are proposed to be combined on a façade, the heavier and more massive elements shall be located below the lighter elements (i.e., brick shall be located below stucco or wood). The heavier material may be used as a detail on the corner of a building or along cornices or windows.
    2. (g)
      Building Façade Fenestration/Transparency

      Unless more restrictive requirements are established elsewhere in this Ordinance, at least 25 percent of the street-facing façade area of the ground-level floor of buildings (as measured from the grade to the underside of the eave, top of the parapet, or the story line denoting the second floor) shall be occupied by windows or doorways.

    3. (h)
      Roofs
      1. (1)
        Sloped roofs on principal buildings over 100 feet in length shall include two or more different sloping roof planes, each with a minimum pitch between 3:12 and 12:12.
      2. (2)
        Flat roofs on principal buildings shall be concealed by parapets that extend at least three feet above the roof level.
      3. (3)
        All roof-based mechanical equipment, as well as vents, pipes, antennas, satellite dishes, and other roof penetrations (except chimneys), shall be located on the rear elevations or otherwise be configured, to the maximum extent practicable, to have a minimal visual impact as seen from the street.
    4. (i)
      Location of Off-Street Parking
      1. (1)
        Inside the Capital Beltway

        Inside the Capital Beltway, and to the maximum extent practicable, development shall be configured to locate all required surface off-street parking to the side or rear of the front façade of the building. Buildings of two or more stories may locate one bay of off-street parking between the primary building entrance and the street the building faces.

      2. (2)
        Outside the Capital Beltway

        Unless more restrictive requirements are established elsewhere in this Ordinance, development outside the Beltway shall, to the maximum extent practicable, locate a minimum of 50 percent of the surface parking to the side or rear of the buildings.

    5. (j)
      Loading, Service, and Equipment Areas
      1. (1)
        Loading, service, and equipment areas shall be located in a manner that minimizes their visibility from off-site areas, to the maximum extent practicable.
      2. (2)
        Outdoor storage areas shall be fully screened from adjacent streets and single-family detached dwellings.
      3. (3)
        Loading, service, and equipment areas that are associated with an outparcel building shall be screened through the use of structural elements and similar materials attached to and integrated with the building.

    (CB-068-2022) 

    27-61003. Large Retail Establishment Form and Design Standards

  • (a)
    General

    In addition to the general nonresidential and mixed-use form and design standards in Section 27-61000, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design Standards, combination retail establishments and single-tenant buildings that have a gross floor area of 75,000 square feet or more and devote 60 percent or more of the total floor area to retail sales activities ("large retail buildings") shall also comply with the following standards. If there is a conflict between these standards and those in Section 27-61000, Nonresidential and Mixed-Use Form and Design Standards, these standards control. (see Figure 27-61003(a): Examples of Large Retail Establishments.)

  • Figure 27-61003(a): Examples of Large Retail Establishments
    Examples of large retail establishments
    1. (b)
      Building Entrances
      1. (1)
        Buildings shall have clearly defined, highly visible customer entrances featuring no less than three of the following:
        1. (A)
          Canopies or porticos above the entrance;
        2. (B)
          Roof overhangs above the entrance;
        3. (C)
          Entry recesses or projections;
        4. (D)
          Arcades that are physically integrated with the entrance;
        5. (E)
          Raised corniced parapets above the entrance;
        6. (F)
          Gabled roof forms or arches above the entrance;
        7. (G)
          Outdoor patios or plazas next to the entrance;
        8. (H)
          Display windows that are directly next to the entrance;
        9. (I)
          Architectural details, such as tile work and moldings, that are integrated into the building structure and design and are above or next to the entrance; or
        10. (J)
          Integral planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped areas or seating areas.
      2. (2)
        All portions of buildings designed to appear as customer entrances shall be functional customer entrances.
    2. (c)
      Façades and Massing
    1.  
      1. (1)
        To reduce their perceived mass and scale, buildings shall incorporate two or more of the following design elements on each façade facing a street:
        1. (A)
          Variations in roof form and parapet heights;
        2. (B)
          Pronounced wall offsets that are at least two feet deep;
        3. (C)
          Distinct changes in texture and color of wall surfaces;
        4. (D)
          Ground level arcades and second floor galleries or balconies;
        5. (E)
          Protected and recessed entries; and
        6. (F)
          Vertical accents or focal points.
      2. (2)
        Side building walls that do not face a street and exceed 30 feet in length shall have façade-articulating elements such as columns and/or changes in plane, texture, or masonry pattern. (see Figure 27-61003(c)(2): Large Retail Building Entrances and Massing.)
    Figure 27-61003(c)(2): Large Retail Building Entrances and Massing
    Specifications for large retail building entrances and massing
    1. (d)
      Building Façade Fenestration/Transparency

      Unless more restrictive requirements are established elsewhere in this Ordinance, at least 20 percent of the street-facing façade area of the ground-level floor of buildings (as measured from the grade to the underside of the eave, top of the parapet, or the story line denoting the second floor) shall be occupied by windows or doorways.

    2. (e)
      Off-Street Parking Location Standards
      1. (1)
        Unless more restrictive requirements are established elsewhere in this Ordinance, development outside the Capital Beltway may only locate up to 50 percent of the surface parking between the front façade and the street it faces. The remaining surface parking shall, to the maximum extent practicable, be located to the side or rear of the building.
      2. (2)
        Inside the Capital Beltway, and to the maximum extent practicable, development shall be configured to locate all required surface off-street parking to the side or rear of the front façade of the building.
      3. (3)
        Off-street surface parking lots with 300 or more spaces shall be organized into a series of parking bays surrounded by buildings, landscaping, or accessways designed to appear as streets. (see Figure 27-61003(e): Large Retail Parking Lot with Over 300 Spaces.)
      4. (4)
        Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsections (1), (2), or (3) above, if any part of a parcel containing a large retail use is located within 660 feet of a heavy rail transit station:
        1. (A)
          At least 50 percent of parking for the large retail use shall be located in a parking structure; and
        2. (B)
          The building façade containing the primary pedestrian entrance to the large retail use shall also contain at least one additional direct pedestrian entrance per 100 linear feet of building facade leading directly from outside the structure to the large retail use or to another primary use located in the same structure.
    Figure 27-61003(e): Large Retail Parking Lot with Over 300 Spaces
    Specifications for large parking lot with over 300 spaces

    (CB-068-2022) 

    27-61101. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose and intent of these industrial form and design standards are to ensure a minimum quality of form and design for all types of industrial development in a way that results in greater predictability during the development review process. More specifically, the purposes of this Section are to:

    1. (a)
      Recognize that the form and design of industrial development is based on the function of the uses within the development;
    2. (b)
      Minimize industrial development’s potential negative impacts on adjacent land uses;
    3. (c)
      Improve the appearance of industrial development; and
    4. (d)
      Increase the predictability of outcomes for industrial development during the development review process.

    27-61102. Industrial Form and Design Standards

    Development subject to this Section shall comply with the following standards.

    1. (a)
      Building Orientation
      1. (1)
        Single-Building Development

        An industrial development composed of a single building shall orient the building façade containing its primary patron entrance to face the street from which the building derives its street address, to the maximum extent practicable.

      2. (2)
        Multi-Building Development

        A development composed of multiple buildings should locate and configure the buildings to conceal operations and loading areas from off-site views, to the maximum extent practicable.

      3. (3)
        Accessory Uses and Structures

        Accessory uses and structures shall not front a street and shall be located in a manner that minimizes their impacts on adjacent development.

    2. (b)
      Façade Articulation

      Each street-facing building façade shall be horizontally and/or vertically articulated to avoid long, blank wall planes, by providing visual relief along the street-facing facade by incorporating one or more of the following concepts:

      1. (1)
        Wall Plane Horizontal Articulation

        Articulate street-facing facades with wall offsets (e.g., projections or recesses in the façade plane), changes in façade color or material, or similar features that visually interrupt the wall plane horizontally (see Figure 27-61102(b): Example of Façade Articulation for Industrial Building).

      2. (2)
        Vertical Articulation

        Incorporate a change in the wall surface plane or in façade color or material that visually interrupts the wall plane vertically.

      3. (3)
        Roof Line Variation

        Include variations in roof planes and/or in the height of a parapet along the façade.

    Figure 27-61102(b): Example of Façade Articulation for Industrial Building
    Specifications for facade articulation for industrial buildings
    1. (c)
      Entrance
      1. (1)
        Each principal building shall have clearly defined, highly visible primary entrances for occupants and patrons that incorporate at least two of the following design features to emphasize the importance of the entrance:
        1. (A)
          Canopy or portico;
        2. (B)
          Roof overhang;
        3. (C)
          Horizontal recess or projection;
        4. (D)
          Arcade or arch;
        5. (E)
          Peaked roof form;
        6. (F)
          Outside patio;
        7. (G)
          Display window;
        8. (H)
          Architectural tile work or moldings integrated into the design of the building façade;
        9. (I)
          Integrated planters or wing walls that incorporate landscaped area or seating areas; or
        10. (J)
          Similar architectural features not found on the remainder of the building façade.
      2. (2)
        Street-facing façades of the ground level floor shall not include overhead doors, sliding glass doors, removable panels, or similar type of doors unless they are screened in accordance with Section 4.4, Screening Requirements, of the Landscape Manual.
    2. (d)
      Building Façade Materials

      The use of corrugated metal siding or any other similar metal siding, unfinished or untreated tilt-up concrete panels, or standard single- or double-tee concrete systems as a primary exterior façade material shall be limited to those portions of rear and side building façades that are not visible from the public right-of-way or an adjacent residential, public, civic, or institutional, or commercial use.

    3. (e)
      Location of Loading and Service Areas

      To the maximum extent practicable, loading and service areas shall be separated from patron parking, pedestrian areas, and main drive aisles, and shall be located a minimum of 200 feet from any abutting single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, or vacant lands in a residential single-family zone (the RE, RR, RSF‐95, and RSF‐65 zones).

    4. (f)
      Off-Street Parking Location

      No more than 60 percent of the off-street parking spaces may be located in surface parking lots between the front building façade and the street it faces. For buildings larger than 25,000 square feet, and therefore subject to detailed site plan approval, a higher percentage of off-street parking may be permitted if the Planning Board finds that a higher percentage of off-street parking will better separate the loading and service areas from patron parking, pedestrian areas, and main drive aisles.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-61201. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose of these neighborhood compatibility standards is to provide a proper transition and ensure compatibility between existing single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in the single-family residential zones, and other more intense forms of development and new townhouses. More specifically, it is the intent of these standards to:

    1. (a)
      Provide effective transitions between existing single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in the single-family residential zones, and more intense uses and new townhouses;
    2. (b)
      Protect the character of existing neighborhoods consisting of primarily single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in the single-family residential zones from potentially-adverse impacts resulting from more intense and incompatible adjacent forms of development and new townhouses;
    3. (c)
      Limit the excessive consumption of available land though the utilization of large vegetated buffers in favor of development form and design treatments; and
    4. (d)
      Establish and maintain vibrant pedestrian-oriented areas where differing uses can operate in close proximity to one another.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-61202. Applicability

  • (a)
    General
    1. (1)
      Unless exempted as provided in Section 27-61202(b), Exemptions, below, these standards apply to:
      1. (A)
        Any new townhouse, multifamily, nonresidential, or mixed-use development when located on land adjacent to, or across a street or alley from, existing single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, or vacant lands in the RE, RR, RSF‐95, and RSF‐65 zones (single-family residential zones);
      2. (B)
        Any new multifamily, nonresidential, or mixed-use development when located on land adjacent to, or across a street or alley from, existing townhouse dwellings;
      3. (C)
        Any expansion of an existing townhouse, multifamily, nonresidential, or mixed-use building located on land abutting or across a street or alley from existing single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, where the expansion increases the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more; and
      4. (D)
        Any expansion of an existing multifamily, nonresidential, or mixed-use building located on land abutting or across a street or alley from existing townhouse dwellings where the expansion increases the building’s gross floor area by 50 percent or more.
    2. (2)
      For the purposes of this Section:
      1. (A)
        "Multifamily development" shall include the following:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Live/work dwellings; and
        2. (ii)
      1. (B)
        "Nonresidential development" shall include the following:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Uses in the Group Living Uses, Health Care Uses, Transportation Uses, and Utility Uses Principal Use Categories; and
        2. (ii)
          Uses in the Commercial Use and Industrial Use Principal Use Classifications.
  • (b)
    Exemptions

    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the following are exempt from these standards unless the applicable Area Master Plan or Sector Plan addresses compatibility differently:

    1. (1)
      Townhouse, multifamily, nonresidential, and mixed-use development located on lots separated from single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone by a built and existing street with a median with four or more lanes;
    2. (2)
      Townhouse, multifamily, nonresidential, and mixed-use development abutting vacant lands in a single-family residential zone that consists of publicly owned land, preserved open space, existing protective easements, or environmental features, that prevent any residential use of said vacant lands; or an outlot as defined by Section 24-2300, Definitions, of the Subdivision Regulations;
    3. (3)
      Uses in the Communication Uses and Educational Uses Principal Use Categories; and
    4. (4)
      Development within any Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base or PD zone if the existing single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, or townhouse dwellings are also located in a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base or PD zone.
  • (c)
    Conflict

    In the case of conflict between these neighborhood compatibility standards and other standards in this Ordinance, these neighborhood compatibility standards shall control.

  • (CB-015-2024) 

    27-61203. Neighborhood Compatibility Standards

    Development subject to this Section shall comply with the following standards:

    1. (a)
      Building Height and Setbacks
      1. (1)
        Setbacks of buildings shall be consistent with other buildings on the block face to maintain a consistent plane or edge of buildings along public frontages. Instead of the required setback or build-to line of the zone, setbacks of buildings shall vary no more than 15 percent from the setbacks of adjacent buildings.
      2. (2)
        Building height shall not exceed the maximum height established in Table 27-61203(a)(2): Maximum Height in Transitional Areas.
    Table 27-61203(a)(2): Maximum Height in Transitional Areas
    Distance from Single-Family Dwelling, Two-Family Dwelling, or Vacant Land in a Single-Family Zone (1)Maximum Height
    Parcels Fronting US 1 Between the Northern Corporate Boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's Boundary with the District of Columbia, and Parcels Fronting 34th St between Shepherd St and Otis StAll Other AreasParcels fronting Central Avenue /East Capitol Street (MD 214) or Old Central Avenue/Central Avenue (MD 332) Between the County’s Boundary with the District of Columbia and Landover Road/Largo Road (MD 202)
    50 feet or lessLesser of: 3 stories or
    35 feet
    Lesser of: 3 stories or 35 feetLesser of: 7 stories or
    80 feet
    Greater than 50 feet but less than 150 feetLesser of: 6 stories or
    65 feet
    150 to 200 feetNo requirementLesser of: 4 stories or 45 feet
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The distance from an existing single-family dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant land in a single-family zone is to be measured from the closest portion of the dwelling (in the case of single-family and two-family dwellings and townhouses) or from the minimum front yard setback line (in the case of vacant land).
    Table 27-61203(a)(2): Maximum Height in Transitional Areas
    Distance from Single-Family Dwelling, Two-Family Dwelling, or Vacant Land in a Single-Family Zone (1)Maximum Height
    Parcels Fronting US 1 Between the Northern Corporate Boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's Boundary with the District of Columbia, and Parcels Fronting 34th St between Shepherd St and Otis StAll Other AreasParcels fronting Central Avenue /East Capitol Street (MD 214) or Old Central Avenue/Central Avenue (MD 332) Between the County’s Boundary with the District of Columbia and Landover Road/Largo Road (MD 202)
    50 feet or lessLesser of: 3 stories or
    35 feet
    Lesser of: 3 stories or 35 feetLesser of: 7 stories or
    80 feet
    Greater than 50 feet but less than 150 feetLesser of: 6 stories or
    65 feet
    150 to 200 feetNo requirementLesser of: 4 stories or 45 feet
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The distance from an existing single-family dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant land in a single-family zone is to be measured from the closest portion of the dwelling (in the case of single-family and two-family dwellings and townhouses) or from the minimum front yard setback line (in the case of vacant land).
    Table 27-61203(a)(2): Maximum Height in Transitional Areas
    Distance from Single-Family Dwelling, Two-Family Dwelling, or Vacant Land in a Single-Family Zone (1)Maximum Height
    Parcels Fronting US 1 Between the Northern Corporate Boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's Boundary with the District of Columbia, and Parcels Fronting 34th St between Shepherd St and Otis StAll Other AreasParcels fronting Central Avenue /East Capitol Street (MD 214) or Old Central Avenue/Central Avenue (MD 332) Between the County’s Boundary with the District of Columbia and Landover Road/Largo Road (MD 202)
    50 feet or lessLesser of: 3 stories or
    35 feet
    Lesser of: 3 stories or 35 feetLesser of: 7 stories or
    80 feet
    Greater than 50 feet but less than 150 feetLesser of: 6 stories or
    65 feet
    150 to 200 feetNo requirementLesser of: 4 stories or 45 feet
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The distance from an existing single-family dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant land in a single-family zone is to be measured from the closest portion of the dwelling (in the case of single-family and two-family dwellings and townhouses) or from the minimum front yard setback line (in the case of vacant land).
    Table 27-61203(a)(2): Maximum Height in Transitional Areas
    Distance from Single-Family Dwelling, Two-Family Dwelling, or Vacant Land in a Single-Family Zone (1)Maximum Height
    Parcels Fronting US 1 Between the Northern Corporate Boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's Boundary with the District of Columbia, and Parcels Fronting 34th St between Shepherd St and Otis StAll Other AreasParcels fronting Central Avenue /East Capitol Street (MD 214) or Old Central Avenue/Central Avenue (MD 332) Between the County’s Boundary with the District of Columbia and Landover Road/Largo Road (MD 202)
    50 feet or lessLesser of: 3 stories or
    35 feet
    Lesser of: 3 stories or 35 feetLesser of: 7 stories or
    80 feet
    Greater than 50 feet but less than 150 feetLesser of: 6 stories or
    65 feet
    150 to 200 feetNo requirementLesser of: 4 stories or 45 feet
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The distance from an existing single-family dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant land in a single-family zone is to be measured from the closest portion of the dwelling (in the case of single-family and two-family dwellings and townhouses) or from the minimum front yard setback line (in the case of vacant land).
    1.  
      1. (3)
        Buildings over three stories in height shall be broken up into modules or wings with the smaller and shorter portions of the structure located adjacent to single-family dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone (see Figure 27-61203(a)(3): Building Height Modulation).
    Figure 27-61203(a)(3): Building Height Modulation
    Dimensions for building height modulation
    1. (b)
      Building Orientation

      Except for when a mews or open space is located in front of the building, buildings shall be oriented towards the street from which they derive their street address.

    2. (c)
      Building Design
      1. (1)
        Buildings shall (see Figure 27-61203(c): Compatible Building Design):
        1. (A)
          Use a similar roof type to adjacent single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, or townhouse dwellings in terms of slope and arrangement to prevent abrupt changes in roof form;
        2. (B)
          Configure all roof-mounted equipment to avoid or minimize its view from adjacent single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone;
        3. (C)
          Use exterior colors, where possible, that are similar to those found on adjacent single-family detached dwellings two-family dwellings, or townhouse dwellings;
        4. (D)
          Use similarly sized and patterned architectural features such as windows, doors, awnings, arcades, pilasters, cornices, wall offsets, building materials, and other building articulations found on adjacent single-family detached, two-family dwellings, and townhouse dwellings; and
        5. (E)
          Orient porches, balconies, and outdoor activity areas away from adjacent single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
      2. (2)
        Retail commercial building façades over 90 feet in length that face single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone shall be designed to appear as a series of discrete storefronts, with no single storefront occupying more than 50 percent of the total façade width of the building.
    Figure 27-61203(c): Compatible Building Design
    Specifications for compatible building design
    1. (d)
      Building Materials
      1. (1)
        Transparency

        Building façades facing single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, shall comply with the standards in Table 27-61203(d)(1), Transparency Standards:

    Table 27-61203(d)(1): Transparency Standards
    Building StoryMinimum Facade Area Percentage to be Transparent for Townhouses (Percent of Facade) (1),(2),(3),(4)Minimum Façade Area Percentage to be Transparent for All Other Buildings (Percent of Façade) (1),(2),(3)
    1st Floor (2)15 (3)35 (3)
    2nd Floor2020
    3rd or Higher Floor2020
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The façade area shall be measured from the grade to the underside of the eaves, or from story line to story line on upper building stories.
    2. (2)
      Façades abutting sidewalks, plazas, gathering areas, or other pedestrian areas shall incorporate transparent glazing.
    3. (3)
      The first two feet of façade area closest to the grade are not required to be glazed and shall be excluded from the façade area calculation.
    4. (4)
      For the purposes of this standard, entry doors (regardless of transparency) and garage door windows may be counted toward the required minimum. 
    Table 27-61203(d)(1): Transparency Standards
    Building StoryMinimum Facade Area Percentage to be Transparent for Townhouses (Percent of Facade) (1),(2),(3),(4)Minimum Façade Area Percentage to be Transparent for All Other Buildings (Percent of Façade) (1),(2),(3)
    1st Floor (2)15 (3)35 (3)
    2nd Floor2020
    3rd or Higher Floor2020
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The façade area shall be measured from the grade to the underside of the eaves, or from story line to story line on upper building stories.
    2. (2)
      Façades abutting sidewalks, plazas, gathering areas, or other pedestrian areas shall incorporate transparent glazing.
    3. (3)
      The first two feet of façade area closest to the grade are not required to be glazed and shall be excluded from the façade area calculation.
    4. (4)
      For the purposes of this standard, entry doors (regardless of transparency) and garage door windows may be counted toward the required minimum. 
    Table 27-61203(d)(1): Transparency Standards
    Building StoryMinimum Facade Area Percentage to be Transparent for Townhouses (Percent of Facade) (1),(2),(3),(4)Minimum Façade Area Percentage to be Transparent for All Other Buildings (Percent of Façade) (1),(2),(3)
    1st Floor (2)15 (3)35 (3)
    2nd Floor2020
    3rd or Higher Floor2020
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The façade area shall be measured from the grade to the underside of the eaves, or from story line to story line on upper building stories.
    2. (2)
      Façades abutting sidewalks, plazas, gathering areas, or other pedestrian areas shall incorporate transparent glazing.
    3. (3)
      The first two feet of façade area closest to the grade are not required to be glazed and shall be excluded from the façade area calculation.
    4. (4)
      For the purposes of this standard, entry doors (regardless of transparency) and garage door windows may be counted toward the required minimum. 
    Table 27-61203(d)(1): Transparency Standards
    Building StoryMinimum Facade Area Percentage to be Transparent for Townhouses (Percent of Facade) (1),(2),(3),(4)Minimum Façade Area Percentage to be Transparent for All Other Buildings (Percent of Façade) (1),(2),(3)
    1st Floor (2)15 (3)35 (3)
    2nd Floor2020
    3rd or Higher Floor2020
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      The façade area shall be measured from the grade to the underside of the eaves, or from story line to story line on upper building stories.
    2. (2)
      Façades abutting sidewalks, plazas, gathering areas, or other pedestrian areas shall incorporate transparent glazing.
    3. (3)
      The first two feet of façade area closest to the grade are not required to be glazed and shall be excluded from the façade area calculation.
    4. (4)
      For the purposes of this standard, entry doors (regardless of transparency) and garage door windows may be counted toward the required minimum. 
    1.  
      1. (2)
        Exterior Materials

        Except along US 1 between the northern corporate boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's boundary with the District of Columbia and along 34th Street between Sheperd Street and Otis Street, façades facing single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone shall comply with the following exterior materials standards:

        1. (A)
          Materials and material configurations shall be similar to those commonly used on adjacent single-family detached dwellings and two-family dwellings.
        2. (B)
          Plywood, standard (versus decorative) concrete block, and corrugated metal are prohibited as exterior materials.
        3. (C)
          Vinyl siding shall not exceed 25 percent of a building façade of any building located within 200 feet of single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant land within a single-family residential zone.
    1. (e)
      Multi-Building Placement

      Except along US 1 between the northern corporate boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's boundary with the District of Columbia and along 34th Street between Sheperd Street and Otis Street, multi-building development that includes varying use and/or development intensities in different buildings should locate buildings with the least intense use and/or development nearest to the abutting single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, to the maximum extent practicable.

    2. (f)
      Off-Street Parking
      1. (1)
        Except along US 1 between the northern corporate boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's boundary with the District of Columbia and along 34th Street between Sheperd Street and Otis Street, for development that is within 200 feet of single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant land within a single-family residential zone, the total amount of off-street parking shall not exceed 1.5 times the required minimum specified in Table 27-6305(a): Minimum Number of Off-Street Parking Spaces, and may be reduced through an alternative parking plan (see Section 27-6307, Off-Street Parking Alternatives) that demonstrates such reduction will not have an adverse impact on the adjacent single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
      2. (2)
        When required, off-street parking shall be established in one or more of the following locations, listed in order of priority:
        1. (A)
          Within a structured parking facility;
        2. (B)
          Adjacent to off-street parking lots serving nonresidential development on abutting lots;
        3. (C)
          Adjacent to lot lines abutting nonresidential development;
        4. (D)
          Adjacent to lot lines abutting mixed-use development;
        5. (E)
          Behind the building;
        6. (F)
          Within a lot’s corner side yard;
        7. (G)
          In front of the building; or
        8. (H)
          When all of the above options are infeasible, adjacent to lot lines abutting single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
      3. (3)
        Off-street surface parking areas located adjacent to single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.3, Parking Lot Requirements, of the Landscape Manual.
      4. (4)
        The façade of any parking structure facing adjacent single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, shall be designed in accordance with the exterior materials standards of this Section and be landscaped to soften its visual impact.
    3. (g)
      Other Site Features
      1. (1)
        Loading, Service, Recycling Collection, and Refuse Collection Areas

        Loading, service, recycling collection, and refuse collection areas shall be located at least 50 feet from residential development and:

        1. (A)
          Located behind or to the sides of buildings away from adjacent single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family zone, and screened with walls and/or landscaping, and provided with access that is integrated with parking areas and the vehicular circulation network;
        2. (B)
          Screened from view of single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, and vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, using materials that are the same as, or of equal quality to, the materials used for the principal building; or
        3. (C)
          Incorporated into the overall design of the site so that the visual impacts of these functions are fully contained within an enclosure, or are otherwise out of view from adjacent single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
      2. (2)
        Drive-Through Service Facilities
        1. (A)
          In no instance shall a drive-through or pick-up window be located on a building façade that faces a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
        2. (B)
          Order boxes associated with a drive-through or pick-up window shall be at least 200 feet from a lot containing a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
      3. (3)
        Exterior Lighting
        1. (A)
          Exterior lighting fixtures shall have a maximum height of 14 feet and illumination that does not exceed 0.5 foot candle at the lot line if located within 100 feet of a lot containing a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
        2. (B)
          Exterior lighting fixtures shall have a maximum height of 18 feet if between 100 and 150 feet of such lot or lands (and illumination that does not exceed 0.5 foot candle at the lot line).
        3. (C)
          Exterior lighting shall be extinguished by 10:00 p.m. or within one hour after closing, whichever occurs first.
      4. (4)
        Signage Standards
        1. (A)
          To the maximum extent practicable, signage shall be located a minimum of 50 feet from lot lines shared with a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
        2. (B)
          Signage within 50 feet of a lot line shared with a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, shall be limited to directional signage.
        3. (C)
          Within 100 feet of lot lines shared with a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, the maximum sign area for signs shall be reduced by 25 percent.
        4. (D)
          Projecting signs are prohibited if the sign is located across the street from or within 200 feet of a development with single-family detached dwellings, two-family dwellings, townhouses dwellings, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
      5. (5)
        Open Space Set-Asides
        1. (A)
          Required open space set-asides shall be located between a proposed development and an adjacent single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone, to the maximum extent practicable.
        2. (B)
          Outdoor recreation features such as swimming pools, tennis courts, playgrounds, and similar features shall be at least 50 feet from any lot line shared with a single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone.
      6. (6)
        Natural Features

        Natural features such as existing vegetation, natural differences in topography, streams, wetlands, and other such features shall be used as transitions where possible.

    4. (h)
      Operational Standards

      Except along US 1 between the northern corporate boundaries of the City of College Park and the County's boundary with the District of Columbia and along 34th Street between Sheperd Street and Otis Street, development within 200 feet of any single-family detached dwelling, two-family dwelling, townhouse, or vacant lands in a single-family residential zone shall:

      1. (1)
        Prohibit outdoor dining or other outdoor activities such as, but not limited to, outdoor entertainment areas where alcohol is served or music is played, and outdoor recreation areas that are open after 8:00 p.m. in the evening;
      2. (2)
        Limit trash collection or other service functions to only between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m.; and
      3. (3)
        Extinguish amplified music, singing, or other forms of noise audible at shared lot lines after 10:00 p.m. Sunday through Thursday nights, and after 12:00 a.m. Friday and Saturday nights.
      4. (4)
        These standards shall not apply to new development locating within 200 feet of any nonconforming dwellings.

    (CB-039-2023; CB-015-2024) 

    27-61301. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose and intent of these agricultural compatibility standards is to promote development that is compatible with existing traditional agricultural uses and activities in the County. More specifically, these standards are intended to:

    1. (a)
      Ensure new non-agricultural development does not negatively impact the continuation of existing adjacent agricultural uses and activities in the Rural and Agricultural base zones (the ROS, AG, and AR zones);
    2. (b)
      Maintain and promote rural character in the Rural and Agricultural base zones;
    3. (c)
      Encourage the use of conservation subdivisions for agricultural protection as a way to conserve agricultural and environmental features;
    4. (d)
      Allow families conducting agricultural uses and activities to capture the monetary value of their land through limited development while continuing agricultural uses and activities; and
    5. (e)
      Ensure greater compatibility between existing agricultural uses and activities and new non-agricultural development.

    27-61302. Applicability

  • (a)
    General

    Except where exempted by Subsection 27-61302(b), Exemptions, below, the standards in this Section shall apply to all new residential and nonresidential uses (including public, civic, institutional, commercial, or industrial uses) that are proposed to be located adjacent to an ongoing agricultural use or activity in the ROS, AG, and AR base zones.

  • (b)
    Exemptions

    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the standards in this Section shall not apply to residential portions of a conservation subdivision adjacent to an agricultural use or activity taking place within the conservation subdivision’s open space set-aside.

  • 27-61303. Agricultural Compatibility Standards

    Development subject to this Section shall comply with the following standards.

    1. (a)
      Agricultural Buffer
      1. (1)
        Buffer Required

        Development shall provide and maintain a vegetative buffer and fencing (or walls) along all property lines abutting land that accommodates an agricultural use or activity in accordance with the standards of this Subsection, for as long as the agricultural use or activity continues (see Figure 27-61303(a): Agricultural Buffer Features and Opens Space Set-Asides and Lot Configurations).

      2. (2)
        Buffer Width
        1. (A)
          The agricultural buffer shall be at least 100 feet wide.
        2. (B)
          The Planning Director may allow the buffer width to be reduced by up to 20 percent upon determining that the reduced buffer width is justified by the type or intensity of the adjacent agricultural use or activity, an intervening topographic change, an intervening riparian buffer, or the existence or provision of vegetation in addition to that required in Section 27-61303(a)(3) below.
    Figure 27-61303(a): Agricultural Buffer Features and Open Space Set-Asides and Lot Configurations
    Agricultural Buffer Features and Open Space Set-Asides and Lot Configurations
    1.  
      1. (3)
        Buffer Materials
        1. (A)
          Agricultural buffers shall consist of a mix of trees, shrubs, berms, and natural features sufficient to diffuse light and reduce noise, spray drift, and dust, and act as a physical separation between non-agricultural and agricultural uses and activities. All buffers shall incorporate a vegetative screening component to reduce conflict potential between residential/nonresidential and agricultural uses and activities.
        2. (B)
          A buffer shall incorporate a wall or fence to provide additional screening and/or limit access between the development and the abutting agricultural uses or activities.
        3. (C)
          Where the agricultural buffer is directly adjacent to a residential dwelling or residential lot, the length of the buffer running parallel to the dwelling along the property line shall be landscaped as follows, in addition to the buffer and fence:
        1.  
          1. (i)
            The buffer shall be planted with a minimum of two offset rows of trees that provide an average spacing between the canopies of trees of ten feet or less at maturity.
          2. (ii)
            Each tree shall be a minimum height of eight feet and minimum caliper of two inches when planted.
          3. (iii)
            Each tree shall be a native species that can be expected to attain a minimum height of 35 feet and have a crown width of 25 feet or greater, at maturity.
      2. (4)
        Development Allowed in Buffer

        Development allowed within a buffer is limited to:

        1. (A)
          Landscaping with native plants, trees, or hedgerows;
        2. (B)
          Crossings by roadways, driveways, railroad tracks, and utility lines (and associated maintenance corridors), where the crossing is aligned to minimize any reduction of the buffer’s effectiveness;
        3. (C)
          Trails that involve minimal removal or disturbance of buffer vegetation;
        4. (D)
          Stormwater management facilities, to the extent they are determined to be necessary by the Director of the Department of Permitting, Inspections, and Enforcement;
        5. (E)
          Vegetation management, including the planting of vegetation or pruning of vegetation, removal of individual trees that pose a danger to human life or nearby buildings, removal of individual trees to preserve other vegetation from extensive pest infestation, removal of understory nuisance or invasive vegetation, or removal or disturbance of vegetation as part of emergency fire control measures; and
        6. (F)
          Any other development determined by the Planning Director to be consistent with the use of the property as an agricultural buffer.
      3. (5)
        Maintenance
        1. (A)
          Landowner(s) are responsible for all aspects of continuous maintenance of buffer areas.
        2. (B)
          Landowner(s) shall be responsible for maintaining landscape plants in a healthy and attractive condition. Dead or dying plants shall be replaced with plants of equal size and similar variety within six months, weather permitting.
        3. (C)
          If the development consists of multiple parcels that may be held under separate ownership, a homeowners’ association, property owners’ association, or similar entity shall be required to maintain buffers to control litter, fire hazards, pests, and other maintenance problems.
        4. (D)
          Buffer maintenance requirements shall be stipulated through inclusion in covenants, conditions, and restrictions, as appropriate.
    2. (b)
      Location and Configuration of Open Space Set-Asides

      In cases where new development subject to these standards includes open space set-asides, they shall be located, to the maximum extent practicable, between the abutting existing agricultural uses or activities and the buildings in the new development, and be configured to accommodate the agricultural buffer required in Section 27-61303(a), Agricultural Buffer (see Figure 27-61303: Agricultural Buffer Features and Opens Space Set-Asides and Lot Configurations).

    3. (c)
      Lot Size Configuration

      Except for lots in a conservation subdivision or lots platted prior to April 1, 2022, lots bordering the vegetated buffer shall maintain a minimum lot area twice the minimum lot area otherwise required by the base zone where the development is located (see Figure 27-61303: Agricultural Buffer Features and Opens Space Set-Asides and Lot Configurations).

    4. (d)
      Preservation of Direct Access for Agricultural Uses and Activities

      Development subject to these standards shall be configured to ensure agricultural uses and activities retain direct access to adjacent streets.

    5. (e)
      Notification on Planned Development, Site Plan, or Subdivision

      Planned Development (PD) zoning map amendments, detailed site plans, and preliminary plans of subdivision (minor or major) subject to these standards shall bear a notation on each individual development approval indicating the development is adjacent to an existing agricultural use or activity that is anticipated to generate noise, light, dust, odor, or vibration as part of its normal operations.

    27-61401. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose and intent of these urban agriculture compatibility standards is to support and protect urban agriculture from incompatible development. More specifically, these standards are intended to:

    1. (a)
      Ensure new residential and nonresidential development does not negatively impact the continuation of existing adjacent urban agriculture on adjacent lands in the Rural and Agricultural, Residential, and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones; and
    2. (b)
      Ensure greater compatibility between existing urban agriculture and new residential and non-residential uses.

    27-61402. Applicability

    The standards in this Section shall apply to all new residential and nonresidential uses that are proposed to be located adjacent to an on-going urban agriculture use in the ROS, AR, RE, RR, RSF-65, RSF-95, RSF‐A, RMF‐12, RMF‐20, RMF‐48, and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD Zones.

    27-61403. Urban Agriculture Compatibility Standards

  • (a)
    Buffer
    1. (1)
      Buffer Required

      Development subject to these standards shall provide and maintain a vegetative buffer along all property lines abutting land that accommodates urban agriculture in accordance with the standards of this Subsection, for as long as the urban agriculture use continues.

    2. (2)
      Buffer Width
      1. (A)
        The agricultural buffer shall be at least 50 feet wide and run the length of the property adjacent to the urban agriculture use.
      2. (B)
        The Planning Director may allow the buffer width to be reduced by up to 20 percent upon determining that the reduced buffer width is justified by the type, intensity, or lay-out of the adjacent urban agriculture use, an intervening topographic change, an intervening riparian buffer, or the existence or provision of vegetation in addition to that required in Subsection (3) below.
    3. (3)
      Buffer Materials
      1. (A)
        Buffers shall consist of a mix of trees, shrubs, berms, and natural features sufficient to diffuse light and reduce noise, spray drift, and dust, and act as a physical separation between the urban agriculture use and residential or non-residential use.
      2. (B)
        The buffer shall incorporate a wall or fence a minimum of four feet in height to provide additional screening and/or limit access between the development and the abutting urban agriculture use.
      3. (C)
        The length of the buffer shall be landscaped as follows in addition to any other vegetative buffer or fence:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          It shall be planted with a minimum of two offset rows of trees that provide an average spacing between the canopies of trees of ten feet or less at maturity.
        2. (ii)
          Each tree shall be a minimum height of eight feet and minimum caliper of two inches when planted.
        3. (iii)
          Each tree shall be a native species that can be expected to attain a minimum height of 35 feet and have a crown width of 25 feet or greater at maturity.
    4. (4)
      Development Allowed in Buffer

      Development allowed within the buffer is limited to:

      1. (A)
        Landscaping with native plants, trees, or hedgerows;
      2. (B)
        Crossings by driveways, railroad tracks, and utility lines (and associated maintenance corridors), where the crossing is aligned to minimize any reduction of the buffer’s effectiveness;
      3. (C)
        Trails that involve minimal removal or disturbance of buffer vegetation;
      4. (D)
        Stormwater management facilities to the extent determined to be necessary by the Planning Director;
      5. (E)
        Vegetation management, including the planting of vegetation or pruning of vegetation, removal of individual trees that pose a danger to human life or nearby buildings, removal of individual trees to preserve other vegetation from extensive pest infestation, removal of understory nuisance or invasive vegetation, or removal or disturbance of vegetation as part of emergency fire control measures; and
      6. (F)
        Any other development determined by the Planning Director to be consistent with the use of the property as an agricultural buffer.
    5. (5)
      Maintenance
      1. (A)
        Property owner(s) are responsible for all aspects of continuous maintenance of buffer areas.
      2. (B)
        Property owner(s) shall be responsible for maintaining landscape plants in a healthy and attractive condition. Dead or dying plants shall be replaced with materials of equal size and similar variety within six months, weather permitting.
      3. (C)
        Buffer maintenance requirements shall be stipulated through inclusion in covenants, conditions, and restrictions.
  • (b)
    Location and Configuration of Open Space Set-Asides

    In cases where new development subject to these standards includes open space set-asides, it shall be located, to the maximum extent practicable, between the abutting existing urban agriculture use and the buildings in the new development, and be configured to accommodate the buffer required in Section 27-61403(a)(1), Buffer Required.

  • (c)
    Preservation of Direct Access for Uses Permitted by Urban Agriculture

    Development subject to these standards shall be configured to ensure uses permitted by an urban agriculture use retain direct access to adjacent streets.

  • 27-61501. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose of this Section is to regulate and control signs to:

    1. (a)
      Encourage the use of signage as a means of visual communication;
    2. (b)
      Safeguard vehicular, bicycle, and pedestrian traffic within streets by minimizing visual distractions to motorists and preventing obstruction of or interferences with traffic signs and signals;
    3. (c)
      Preserve land values, promote quality signage, and prevent unsightly signage and visual clutter;
    4. (d)
      Eliminate structurally unsafe signs that endanger a building, structure, or the public;
    5. (e)
      Regulate the location and size of signs to provide for adequate identification and advertisement in a manner that is compatible with the quality and character of development in the County;
    6. (f)
      Minimize possible adverse impacts of signage on adjacent public and private lands; and
    7. (g)
      Prevent the proliferation of signs that could detract from the scenic qualities of the landscape or the attractiveness of development.

    27-61502. Applicability

  • (a)
    General
    1. (1)
      Unless exempted in accordance with Subsection 27-61502(b) below or in Subsection 27-61502(c), Exemptions from Sign Permits, no sign shall be erected, installed, constructed, altered, or moved except in accordance with the requirements of this Section and approval of a Sign Permit (Section 27-3606).
    2. (2)
      Any sign authorized by this Section may contain noncommercial copy, whether or not it is related to the subject property, or commercial copy as long as the sign complies with the requirements of this Section. The placement of noncommercial copy on an authorized sign does not make the sign an outdoor advertising sign.
  • (b)
    Exemptions

    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the following signs are exempt from the standards of this Section, and do not require a sign permit:

    1. (1)
      County, municipal, State, and Federal traffic, crime prevention, public safety and health, or directional signs;
    2. (2)
      The display of street addresses;
    3. (3)
      Signs forming an integral part of a gasoline pump;
    4. (4)
      Service appliance, or vending machine signs (such signs shall not project beyond the casing or structural housing of the pump, appliance, or machine);
    5. (5)
      Signs located within a building, enclosed shopping center, industrial center, or residential or group living development, and not readily visible from outside these developments;
    6. (6)
      Historical markers, monuments, or signs erected by a public authority;
    7. (7)
      Official notices or advertisements posted or displayed by or under the direction of any court official in the performance of that court official’s duties;
    8. (8)
      Signs denoting the location of underground utilities;
    9. (9)
      Temporary signs advertising County- or municipal- sponsored events;
    10. (10)
      Warning signs affixed to tree protection fencing; and
    11. (11)
      Flags or emblems of any political unit, government, civic, educational, or religious organization.
  • (c)
    Exemptions from Sign Permits

    The following signs are subject to the standards of this Section, but are exempt from the requirement of acquiring a sign permit:

    1. (1)
      Signs of a noncommercial nature which are erected by, or ordered to be erected by, a County or municipal public official in the performance of official duty, or by a County governmental agency or municipality, such as: safety signs; traffic control signs; signs of historical interest (which may also require approval of an historic area work permit in accordance with Subtitle 29: Preservation of Historic Resources, of the County Code); and names or locations of cities, towns, and villages;
    2. (2)
      Temporary real estate directional signs not located in the right-of-way, provided the sign area does not exceed three square feet, the sign height does not exceed three feet above finished grade at the base of the sign, the sign is erected on private property behind the street line (as authorized by the owner or tenant), no more than four such signs are erected for each property advertised, and the sign(s) are removed within six months of being erected;
    3. (3)
      Temporary real estate directional signs located within public street rights-of-way under the County’s jurisdiction, if:
      1. (A)
        The sign is erected within 25 feet of the corner of a street intersection;
      2. (B)
        The sign area does not exceed one and one-half square feet;
      3. (C)
        The sign height does not exceed three feet above finished grade;
      4. (D)
        No more than four such signs are erected for each property advertised;
      5. (E)
        No more than one such sign facing each direction of traffic is located at any one intersection;
      6. (F)
        The sign is only erected between the hours of 5:00 p.m. Friday and 5:00 p.m. of the following Sunday; and
      7. (G)
        With the condition if the DPIE Director, a police officer, or Fire/EMS officer finds that the sign is a hazard to traffic, the DPIE Director or officer may remove the sign.
    4. (4)
      Temporary real estate signs and construction identification signs, provided the sign area does not exceed six square feet in area, the sign is placed on the property being advertised, and no more than one such sign is allowed for each street frontage of the property;
    5. (5)
      Temporary signs pertaining to events sponsored by a place of worship, library, school, college or university, hospital, fire station, community center, child or adult day care center, fraternal or civic organization, or other similar group, provided the sign area does not exceed four square feet in area, the sign is located only on private property, and the sign is posted no more than five days prior to the event and removed within two days after the event;
    6. (6)
      Temporary yard sale signage;
    7. (7)
      The changing of bills of acts and features on frames at a theater (on marquee signs, for example) for which a sign permit has been issued, and changing the copy of any changeable copy sign;
    8. (8)
      Signs painted on windows to identify the occupants of buildings in the Nonresidential and Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, provided not more than 25 percent of the gross window glass area on any one side of a building is covered by the painted surface (the area restrictions in Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types, do not apply);
    9. (9)
      Temporary signs located in or on the interior side of windows which indicate the products or services offered in the building in the Commercial zones and the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, provided such signs are not flashing, blinking, scrolling, waving, fluttering, or floating signs (the area restrictions in Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types, do not apply);
    10. (10)
      Sandwich board or easel signs in the Nonresidential zones and the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, provided:
      1. (A)
        Only one such sign shall be permitted for each building or for each tenant in a multi-tenant building;
      2. (B)
        The sign area shall not exceed eight square feet in area;
      3. (C)
        The sign height shall not exceed five feet;
      4. (D)
        The sign shall not be permanently affixed to the ground;
      5. (E)
        The sign shall not be affixed to any structure;
      6. (F)
        The sign shall be placed on the ground adjacent to the main entrance to the business it serves;
      7. (G)
        The sign shall be located where it does not interfere with the flow of pedestrian traffic along a sidewalk or pedestrian pathway; and
      8. (H)
        The sign shall be displayed only during business hours;
    11. (11)
      Traffic signs internal to a development indicating directions, entrances, or exits, provided any such sign does not exceed 12 square feet in area;
    12. (12)
      Temporary string lighting and displays as part of customary holiday decorations and civic events, provided that:
      1. (A)
        The string lighting and displays are not placed in any right-of-way unless they are at least 15 feet above the street level and authorized by the government agency or private entity responsible for maintaining the street;
      2. (B)
        The string lighting and displays are removed once the applicable customary holiday or civic event period ends;
      3. (C)
        Temporary string lighting is only affixed to buildings and landscaping, and does not strobe, flash, or blink at less than 30 second intervals; and
      4. (D)
        The string lighting and displays are not displayed for a period of more than 45 days per customary holiday or civic event;
    13. (13)
      Municipal club-sponsored signs, schedules of events, rules and regulations, and school and parking signs;
    14. (14)
      Signs at each pump island at a gas station or any other business selling gasoline that displays each brand name and emblem of the gasoline sold, the grade of gasoline, and any other related signage, provided the aggregate signage area per pump island shall not exceed six square feet;
    15. (15)
      Signage directly affixed to the interior or exterior face of windows, other than flashing, blinking, scrolling, waving, fluttering, or floating signs, provided that the total area of all such signage shall not cover more than 20 percent of the window’s total area; and
    16. (16)
      Signs for political campaigns, provided that such signs shall be located at least ten feet behind the street line and at least 50 feet from the nearest corner of any street intersection, shall be erected no more than 45 days prior to the election, and shall be removed within ten days after the general election, or within ten days after the primary election if the candidate is not successful.
  • (CB-015-2024) 

    27-61503. Prohibited Signs

    The following signs are prohibited in any zone:

    1. (a)
      Signs located in any manner or place so as to constitute a hazard to traffic;
    2. (b)
      Signs that obstruct the view of traffic control devices;
    3. (c)
      Any moving signs or devices that attract attention, all or any part of which moves by any means, including floating, fluttering, flashing, flashing with intermittent lights, rotating, or otherwise moving devices, set in motion by movement of the atmosphere or by mechanical, electrical, or any other means including, but not limited to, pennants, flags, propellers, balloons, or discs, whether or not any device has a written message;
    4. (d)
      Signs emitting sound and/or smoke to attract attention;
    5. (e)
      Signs which are not clean, legible, or in a state of good repair;
    6. (f)
      Signs or sign structures that are no longer in use, effaced, or otherwise obsolete;
    7. (g)
      Signs which are illegal under State or Federal laws or regulations;
    8. (h)
      Any permanent illuminated tubing or strings of lights outlining property lines, open sales areas, rooflines, doors, windows, edges of any building, and fencing;
    9. (i)
      Signs that obstruct or substantially interfere with any door, fire escape, stairway, ladder, or opening intended to provide light, air, ingress, or egress for any building;
    10. (j)
      Signs that are copies or imitations of an official sign or purports to have official status;
    11. (k)
      Signs advertising a business no longer on the premises, or advertising products no longer stocked or sold on the premises; such signs shall be removed within 30 days of the date the business or sale of the products ceases;
    12. (l)
      Except in accordance with Subsection 27-61502(c)(10) above, portable signs, including any sign painted on or displayed on vehicles or trailers placed or parked in such a manner as to be used primarily for the purpose of advertising a business, but not including signs painted or displayed on vehicles and used solely to identify the owner, business, agency, or activity for which the vehicle is regularly used for transportation, service, or delivery purposes;
    13. (m)
      Signs projecting from a structure housing a gasoline pump, service appliance, or vending machine;
    14. (n)
      Outdoor advertising signs (billboards), except digital billboards and certified nonconforming outdoor advertising signs;
    15. (o)
      Signs that revolve; and
    16. (p)
      Signs having a revolving device that causes intermittent flashes of light to be projected.

    27-61504. General Standards

  • (a)
    Illumination
    1. (1)
      Static Illumination

      Static illumination of signs is allowed in all zones except the Rural and Agricultural base zones, for all sign types except canopy signs, provided any external light source shall be directed toward the sign and shall not cast direct light or create glare upon adjacent lands or streets.

    2. (2)
      Animated Illumination
      1. (A)
        Animated sign illumination is prohibited, except in accordance with Subsection 27-61504(a)(2)(B) below.
      2. (B)
        Signs on which the only copy that changes is the electronic indication of time, temperature, stock market, or similar information are permitted in all zones except the Rural and Agricultural and Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone. Changes in copy shall be spaced at least eight seconds apart and shall be accomplished without the use of animation, movement, or scrolling.
  • (b)
    Materials

    Permanent signs shall not be made of plywood, corrugated plastic sheets, cardboard, paper, cloth, vinyl banners, or other similar materials.

  • (c)
    Digital Display

    Digital displays shall comply with the standards in this Subsection.

    1. (1)
      Location and Sign Type
      1. (A)
        In the Rural and Agricultural and Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone, digital displays shall be permitted only on freestanding signs for uses in the Community Service Uses and Educational Uses Principal Use Categories.
      2. (B)
        In the Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, digital displays shall be permitted only on building wall or roof signs.
      3. (C)
        In all other base and PD zones, digital displays shall be permitted only on building wall or roof signs or freestanding signs.
    2. (2)
      Standards
      1. (A)
        A digital display shall contain static messages only, and shall not have animation, movement, or the appearance or optical illusion of movement, of any part of the sign or its supporting structure. Each static message shall not include flashing or the varying of light intensity.
      2. (B)
        Automatic changes in display are permitted for digital displays, provided such changes shall be:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Spaced at least 8 seconds apart;
        2. (ii)
          Accomplished in 0.25 seconds or less; and
        3. (iii)
          Accomplished without the use of animation, movement, or scrolling.
      1. (C)
        Except when part of a digital billboard (see Subsection 27-61506(g)), the luminance of a digital display during daylight hours shall be no greater than 1500 nits. At all other times, luminance shall be no greater than 150 nits. Automatic dimming is required to maintain the appropriate illumination levels at all times.
  • (d)
    Signs Within Proposed Right-of-Way
    1. (1)
      Sign permits may be issued for signs on land located within the right-of-way, property, or acquisition lines of a proposed street, rapid transit route, or rapid transit facility, or proposed relocation or widening of an existing street, rapid transit route, or rapid transit facility as shown on the General Plan or other County plans (e.g., Area Master Plans, Sector Plans, or Functional Master Plans) only if such signs are placed on:
      1. (A)
        Land which:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Was in reservation but is now not in reservation; and
        2. (ii)
          Has not been acquired and is not being acquired; or
      1. (B)
        Land which was subdivided after the adoption of the General Plan or other County plans (e.g., Area Master Plans, Sector Plans, or Functional Master Plans), but was not reserved or required to be dedicated for a street or rapid transit route or facility shown on the General Plan or other County plan.
  • (CB-015-2024) 

    27-61505. Standards for Specific Sign Types

    Unless exempted in accordance with Section 27-61502(b), Exemptions, all signs except special purpose signs (see Section 27-61506, Standards for Special Purpose Signs) and temporary signs (see Section 27-61507, Standards for Temporary Signs) shall comply with the standards in Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types, based on the zone in which the sign is located.

    Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types
    Sign AttributeZones
    Rural and Agricultural Zones and Residential Base and PD ZonesIE and IE-PD ZonesCN ZoneCS, CGO, and IH Base ZonesTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones and MU-PD Zone
    Building Wall or Roof Sign
    Location No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building in a signage band at least 10 and not more than 14 ft. above the groundAllowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the groundNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the ground
    Maximum Height at Which Top of Sign May be Mounted/LocatedNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roofLowest point of building roofNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roof
    Height (maximum) of Sign (from base to top)No requirement18 inchesNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Area (maximum) (1), (2)No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, one sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building1.50 sq. ft. for each linear ft. of building facing street, to a max. of 80 square feetOne sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of buildingNo requirement for residential uses.

    One- story or single-use building: Two sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Two- or three- story building: Three sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Four- story or higher building: Three sq. ft. (plus one sq. ft. for each additional three building stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories) per linear ft. along front of building.

    For all development: At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed in all circumstances. Total building wall or roof sign area shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    One sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building.
    Other StandardsSigns shall not extend more than 12 inches from a building wall and shall be placed flat against the wall so that any sign message reads parallel with the wall.
    Canopy Sign
    LocationNo requirement for residential use, except multifamily. For all other uses, a canopy sign shall be located a minimum of 10 ft. behind the street line, and shall not be located on top of the canopy.
    HeightNot allowed on the top of a canopy
    Area (maximum) (1),(2)
     Canopy located over 10 and less than 30 ft. from street line
     All buildingsOne sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy in front of each individual place of business for shopping center, office building, or industrial center; otherwise, one sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 200 sq. ft.
    Canopy located at least 30 ft. behind street line
     In one story or single use building or within a shopping or industrial center or office complexTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In one-story building housing at least two usesTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In two- or three-story building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.

    Three sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq.

    ft.
     In four-story or taller building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Three sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    Projecting Sign(2)
    Location
     No building setbackMay extend over public property, not closer than 10 ft. to curb line
     All other instancesAt least 2 ft. behind vertical plane of street curb line and at least 10 ft. from the vertical plane of the street line
    Number (maximum)One per building
    Projection (maximum)42 inches from vertical plane of wall to which attached
    Clearance (minimum)Minimum clearance of 10 ft. above the finished grade of a sidewalk and 18 ft. above driveways or alleys
    Other StandardsProjecting signs shall not swing.
    Freestanding Sign(3)
    LocationNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or other activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permitted
    Number Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permitted
    Height (maximum)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway or I-95). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    At or below lowest point of building roofNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    Not permitted
    Area (maximum) (4)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    One sq. ft. for each five linear ft. of street frontage on street sign facesNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    Building within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex: One sq. ft. per two linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.

    All other buildings:
    One sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    Not permitted
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      For the purposes of determining allowed sign area, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall facing the front of the lot or the wall containing the principal entrance to the building, whichever has the greater width. Within a shopping or industrial center or office building complex, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall containing the principal entrance of each individual place of business.
    2. (2)
      If both wall or roof signs and canopy signs are proposed, the maximum areas for wall or roof signs and canopy signs shall be used to determine the permitted sign area on each structure on a prorated basis. (For example, if the permissible sign area on a wall or roof is 400 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on a canopy is 200 sq. ft. and the applicant chooses to allocate 50 percent of the permissible sign area to each sign type, the permissible sign area on the wall or roof would be 200 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on the canopy would be 100 sq. ft. As the percentage of total permissible sign area allocated to each sign type varies, the permissible sign area for each varies accordingly.) Projecting signs are considered building wall or roof signs for the purposes of determining the permitted sign area on a structure and are subject to the maximum sign area standards that apply to building wall or roof signs.
    3. (3)
      Unless within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex, freestanding signs are not allowed on property where the main building associated with the sign is not located at least 20 feet behind the front street line.
    4. (4)
      The allowed freestanding sign area is in addition to that allowed for any other signs on a specific property.
    Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types
    Sign AttributeZones
    Rural and Agricultural Zones and Residential Base and PD ZonesIE and IE-PD ZonesCN ZoneCS, CGO, and IH Base ZonesTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones and MU-PD Zone
    Building Wall or Roof Sign
    Location No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building in a signage band at least 10 and not more than 14 ft. above the groundAllowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the groundNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the ground
    Maximum Height at Which Top of Sign May be Mounted/LocatedNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roofLowest point of building roofNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roof
    Height (maximum) of Sign (from base to top)No requirement18 inchesNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Area (maximum) (1), (2)No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, one sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building1.50 sq. ft. for each linear ft. of building facing street, to a max. of 80 square feetOne sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of buildingNo requirement for residential uses.

    One- story or single-use building: Two sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Two- or three- story building: Three sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Four- story or higher building: Three sq. ft. (plus one sq. ft. for each additional three building stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories) per linear ft. along front of building.

    For all development: At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed in all circumstances. Total building wall or roof sign area shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    One sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building.
    Other StandardsSigns shall not extend more than 12 inches from a building wall and shall be placed flat against the wall so that any sign message reads parallel with the wall.
    Canopy Sign
    LocationNo requirement for residential use, except multifamily. For all other uses, a canopy sign shall be located a minimum of 10 ft. behind the street line, and shall not be located on top of the canopy.
    HeightNot allowed on the top of a canopy
    Area (maximum) (1),(2)
     Canopy located over 10 and less than 30 ft. from street line
     All buildingsOne sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy in front of each individual place of business for shopping center, office building, or industrial center; otherwise, one sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 200 sq. ft.
    Canopy located at least 30 ft. behind street line
     In one story or single use building or within a shopping or industrial center or office complexTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In one-story building housing at least two usesTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In two- or three-story building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.

    Three sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq.

    ft.
     In four-story or taller building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Three sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    Projecting Sign(2)
    Location
     No building setbackMay extend over public property, not closer than 10 ft. to curb line
     All other instancesAt least 2 ft. behind vertical plane of street curb line and at least 10 ft. from the vertical plane of the street line
    Number (maximum)One per building
    Projection (maximum)42 inches from vertical plane of wall to which attached
    Clearance (minimum)Minimum clearance of 10 ft. above the finished grade of a sidewalk and 18 ft. above driveways or alleys
    Other StandardsProjecting signs shall not swing.
    Freestanding Sign(3)
    LocationNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or other activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permitted
    Number Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permitted
    Height (maximum)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway or I-95). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    At or below lowest point of building roofNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    Not permitted
    Area (maximum) (4)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    One sq. ft. for each five linear ft. of street frontage on street sign facesNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    Building within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex: One sq. ft. per two linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.

    All other buildings:
    One sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    Not permitted
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      For the purposes of determining allowed sign area, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall facing the front of the lot or the wall containing the principal entrance to the building, whichever has the greater width. Within a shopping or industrial center or office building complex, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall containing the principal entrance of each individual place of business.
    2. (2)
      If both wall or roof signs and canopy signs are proposed, the maximum areas for wall or roof signs and canopy signs shall be used to determine the permitted sign area on each structure on a prorated basis. (For example, if the permissible sign area on a wall or roof is 400 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on a canopy is 200 sq. ft. and the applicant chooses to allocate 50 percent of the permissible sign area to each sign type, the permissible sign area on the wall or roof would be 200 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on the canopy would be 100 sq. ft. As the percentage of total permissible sign area allocated to each sign type varies, the permissible sign area for each varies accordingly.) Projecting signs are considered building wall or roof signs for the purposes of determining the permitted sign area on a structure and are subject to the maximum sign area standards that apply to building wall or roof signs.
    3. (3)
      Unless within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex, freestanding signs are not allowed on property where the main building associated with the sign is not located at least 20 feet behind the front street line.
    4. (4)
      The allowed freestanding sign area is in addition to that allowed for any other signs on a specific property.
    Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types
    Sign AttributeZones
    Rural and Agricultural Zones and Residential Base and PD ZonesIE and IE-PD ZonesCN ZoneCS, CGO, and IH Base ZonesTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones and MU-PD Zone
    Building Wall or Roof Sign
    Location No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building in a signage band at least 10 and not more than 14 ft. above the groundAllowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the groundNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the ground
    Maximum Height at Which Top of Sign May be Mounted/LocatedNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roofLowest point of building roofNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roof
    Height (maximum) of Sign (from base to top)No requirement18 inchesNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Area (maximum) (1), (2)No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, one sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building1.50 sq. ft. for each linear ft. of building facing street, to a max. of 80 square feetOne sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of buildingNo requirement for residential uses.

    One- story or single-use building: Two sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Two- or three- story building: Three sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Four- story or higher building: Three sq. ft. (plus one sq. ft. for each additional three building stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories) per linear ft. along front of building.

    For all development: At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed in all circumstances. Total building wall or roof sign area shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    One sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building.
    Other StandardsSigns shall not extend more than 12 inches from a building wall and shall be placed flat against the wall so that any sign message reads parallel with the wall.
    Canopy Sign
    LocationNo requirement for residential use, except multifamily. For all other uses, a canopy sign shall be located a minimum of 10 ft. behind the street line, and shall not be located on top of the canopy.
    HeightNot allowed on the top of a canopy
    Area (maximum) (1),(2)
     Canopy located over 10 and less than 30 ft. from street line
     All buildingsOne sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy in front of each individual place of business for shopping center, office building, or industrial center; otherwise, one sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 200 sq. ft.
    Canopy located at least 30 ft. behind street line
     In one story or single use building or within a shopping or industrial center or office complexTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In one-story building housing at least two usesTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In two- or three-story building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.

    Three sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq.

    ft.
     In four-story or taller building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Three sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    Projecting Sign(2)
    Location
     No building setbackMay extend over public property, not closer than 10 ft. to curb line
     All other instancesAt least 2 ft. behind vertical plane of street curb line and at least 10 ft. from the vertical plane of the street line
    Number (maximum)One per building
    Projection (maximum)42 inches from vertical plane of wall to which attached
    Clearance (minimum)Minimum clearance of 10 ft. above the finished grade of a sidewalk and 18 ft. above driveways or alleys
    Other StandardsProjecting signs shall not swing.
    Freestanding Sign(3)
    LocationNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or other activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permitted
    Number Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permitted
    Height (maximum)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway or I-95). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    At or below lowest point of building roofNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    Not permitted
    Area (maximum) (4)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    One sq. ft. for each five linear ft. of street frontage on street sign facesNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    Building within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex: One sq. ft. per two linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.

    All other buildings:
    One sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    Not permitted
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      For the purposes of determining allowed sign area, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall facing the front of the lot or the wall containing the principal entrance to the building, whichever has the greater width. Within a shopping or industrial center or office building complex, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall containing the principal entrance of each individual place of business.
    2. (2)
      If both wall or roof signs and canopy signs are proposed, the maximum areas for wall or roof signs and canopy signs shall be used to determine the permitted sign area on each structure on a prorated basis. (For example, if the permissible sign area on a wall or roof is 400 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on a canopy is 200 sq. ft. and the applicant chooses to allocate 50 percent of the permissible sign area to each sign type, the permissible sign area on the wall or roof would be 200 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on the canopy would be 100 sq. ft. As the percentage of total permissible sign area allocated to each sign type varies, the permissible sign area for each varies accordingly.) Projecting signs are considered building wall or roof signs for the purposes of determining the permitted sign area on a structure and are subject to the maximum sign area standards that apply to building wall or roof signs.
    3. (3)
      Unless within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex, freestanding signs are not allowed on property where the main building associated with the sign is not located at least 20 feet behind the front street line.
    4. (4)
      The allowed freestanding sign area is in addition to that allowed for any other signs on a specific property.
    Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types
    Sign AttributeZones
    Rural and Agricultural Zones and Residential Base and PD ZonesIE and IE-PD ZonesCN ZoneCS, CGO, and IH Base ZonesTransit-Oriented/Activity Center Base and PD Zones and MU-PD Zone
    Building Wall or Roof Sign
    Location No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building in a signage band at least 10 and not more than 14 ft. above the groundAllowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the groundNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, allowed on any wall if set back at least 10 feet from the adjoining ROW. No more than 50 percent of the sign area can be on a side wall.Allowed only on front wall of building and not less than 10 ft. above the ground
    Maximum Height at Which Top of Sign May be Mounted/LocatedNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roofLowest point of building roofNo requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, 12 ft. above roofline or parapet, whichever is higherLowest point of building roof
    Height (maximum) of Sign (from base to top)No requirement18 inchesNo requirementNo requirementNo requirement
    Area (maximum) (1), (2)No requirement for any residential use. For all other uses, one sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building1.50 sq. ft. for each linear ft. of building facing street, to a max. of 80 square feetOne sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of buildingNo requirement for residential uses.

    One- story or single-use building: Two sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Two- or three- story building: Three sq. ft. per linear ft. along front of building.

    Four- story or higher building: Three sq. ft. (plus one sq. ft. for each additional three building stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories) per linear ft. along front of building.

    For all development: At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed in all circumstances. Total building wall or roof sign area shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    One sq. ft. for each two linear ft. along front of building.
    Other StandardsSigns shall not extend more than 12 inches from a building wall and shall be placed flat against the wall so that any sign message reads parallel with the wall.
    Canopy Sign
    LocationNo requirement for residential use, except multifamily. For all other uses, a canopy sign shall be located a minimum of 10 ft. behind the street line, and shall not be located on top of the canopy.
    HeightNot allowed on the top of a canopy
    Area (maximum) (1),(2)
     Canopy located over 10 and less than 30 ft. from street line
     All buildingsOne sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy in front of each individual place of business for shopping center, office building, or industrial center; otherwise, one sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 200 sq. ft.
    Canopy located at least 30 ft. behind street line
     In one story or single use building or within a shopping or industrial center or office complexTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In one-story building housing at least two usesTwo sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Not permitted
     In two- or three-story building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.

    Three sq. ft. of sign area per linear ft. of canopy or front of building to which canopy is attached, whichever is greater. At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq.

    ft.
     In four-story or taller building housing two different usesThree sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.Three sq. ft. of sign area, plus one additional sq. ft. of sign area for each additional three stories, or fraction thereof, above the bottom three stories (for example, four sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a six story building, while five sq. ft. of sign area is permitted for each one linear foot of building width for a seven story building). At least 60 sq. ft. of sign area is allowed under any circumstances. Total sign area of all canopy signs in a development shall not exceed 400 sq. ft.
    Projecting Sign(2)
    Location
     No building setbackMay extend over public property, not closer than 10 ft. to curb line
     All other instancesAt least 2 ft. behind vertical plane of street curb line and at least 10 ft. from the vertical plane of the street line
    Number (maximum)One per building
    Projection (maximum)42 inches from vertical plane of wall to which attached
    Clearance (minimum)Minimum clearance of 10 ft. above the finished grade of a sidewalk and 18 ft. above driveways or alleys
    Other StandardsProjecting signs shall not swing.
    Freestanding Sign(3)
    LocationNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, the business, service, or other activity being advertised shall be located on the same parcel as the sign. Freestanding signs shall be located at least 10 ft. behind street line.
    Not permitted
    Number Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sign per minimum of 50 ft. of street frontage, up to 1,100 ft. One sign for each additional 1,000 ft. of street frontage.
    Not permitted
    Height (maximum)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway or I-95). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    At or below lowest point of building roofNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, 50 ft. if located adjacent to an expressway (e.g. Capital Beltway). 25 ft. in all other locations.
    Not permitted
    Area (maximum) (4)Not permitted for residential use.

    For all other uses, one sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    One sq. ft. for each five linear ft. of street frontage on street sign facesNot permittedNot permitted for residential use.

    Building within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex: One sq. ft. per two linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.

    All other buildings:
    One sq. ft. per four linear ft. of street frontage sign faces. Maximum sign area of 200 sq. ft. per sign.
    Not permitted
    NOTES:
    1. (1)
      For the purposes of determining allowed sign area, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall facing the front of the lot or the wall containing the principal entrance to the building, whichever has the greater width. Within a shopping or industrial center or office building complex, the width in linear feet along the front of the building shall be measured along the wall containing the principal entrance of each individual place of business.
    2. (2)
      If both wall or roof signs and canopy signs are proposed, the maximum areas for wall or roof signs and canopy signs shall be used to determine the permitted sign area on each structure on a prorated basis. (For example, if the permissible sign area on a wall or roof is 400 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on a canopy is 200 sq. ft. and the applicant chooses to allocate 50 percent of the permissible sign area to each sign type, the permissible sign area on the wall or roof would be 200 sq. ft. and the permissible sign area on the canopy would be 100 sq. ft. As the percentage of total permissible sign area allocated to each sign type varies, the permissible sign area for each varies accordingly.) Projecting signs are considered building wall or roof signs for the purposes of determining the permitted sign area on a structure and are subject to the maximum sign area standards that apply to building wall or roof signs.
    3. (3)
      Unless within a shopping center, other commercial center with three or more businesses served by common and immediate off-street parking and loading facilities, industrial center, or office building complex, freestanding signs are not allowed on property where the main building associated with the sign is not located at least 20 feet behind the front street line.
    4. (4)
      The allowed freestanding sign area is in addition to that allowed for any other signs on a specific property.

    (CB-015-2024) 

    27-61506. Standards for Special Purpose Signs

  • (a)
    Permanent Real Estate Identification Sign
    1. (1)
      Permanent signs identifying multifamily development are allowed if they comply with the following standards:
      1. (A)
        Location: on the building or premises.
      2. (B)
        Number: one for the first 100 dwelling units, plus one for each additional 100 dwelling units, up to a maximum of four signs.
      3. (C)
        Area (maximum): 48 square feet for each sign, except if fewer sign(s) are erected than allowed, the square footage of the sign(s) not erected can be applied to the signs erected. (For example, if three signs are allowed but only one identification sign is used, that sign may be 144 square feet in area).
    2. (2)
      Permanent signs identifying a business or professional office are allowed, if they comply with the following standards:
      1. (A)
        Location: on the building adjacent to the main entrance.
      2. (B)
        Number (maximum): one for each business.
      3. (C)
        Area (maximum): Three square feet.
  • (b)
    Residential Gateway Sign

    A monument sign that serves as a permanent gateway sign identifying a residential subdivision is allowed, if it complies with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Location: at the entrance to the single-family residential subdivision, set back from the road to maintain unobstructed lines of vision for 500 feet in all directions of travel.
    2. (2)
      Number (maximum): one for each single-family residential subdivision.
    3. (3)
      Area (maximum): 12 square feet.
    4. (4)
      Height (maximum): six feet above established grade.
    5. (5)
      Materials: low maintenance, durable, and in keeping with the character of the subdivision; plastic signs with internal illumination are prohibited; any illumination shall be of an enclosed lamp design, non-flashing, and contain no red illumination. Reflector-type signs may be used.
    6. (6)
      Landscaping: non-invasive landscaping which is attractive year-round shall be provided at the base of the gateway sign.
    7. (7)
      Maintenance: responsibility of a Homeowners' Association or other entity or person designated in a maintenance agreement signed with the Department of Permitting, Inspections, and Enforcement.
  • (c)
    Gateway Sign for Businesses or Professional Offices

    A monument sign that serves as a permanent gateway sign identifying a businesses or professional office is allowed, if it complies with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Location: at the entrance to the site, setback from the road a sufficient distance to maintain unobstructed lines of vision for 500 feet in all directions of travel.
    2. (2)
      Number (maximum): one for each building complex.
    3. (3)
      Area (maximum): 100 square feet.
    4. (4)
      Height (maximum): eight feet above established grade.
    5. (5)
      General: sign may include the names or logos and addresses of businesses. The signs may also contain the name or logo of the complex.
    6. (6)
      Materials: shall be low maintenance, durable, and in keeping with the character of the area. Plastic signs with internal illumination are prohibited.
    7. (7)
      Landscaping: non-invasive landscaping which is attractive year-round shall be provided at the base of the gateway sign.
    8. (8)
      Maintenance: shall be the responsibility of a business association or other entity or person designated in a maintenance arrangement approved by the Planning Director.
  • (d)
    Directional Sign for Public, Civic, and Institutional Uses, or Golf Courses or Country Clubs

    Directional signs indicating the locations and names of public, civic, and institutional uses (except for uses in the Communication Uses and Utility Uses Principal Use Categories) or golf courses or country clubs may be placed within or on land in any Nonresidential base zone adjacent to street rights-of-way, if the directional sign complies with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Area (maximum):
      1. (A)
        Within street right-of-way: four square feet.
      2. (B)
        Outside street right-of-way: 16 square feet.
    2. (2)
      Height (maximum): Ten feet above established grade.
    3. (3)
      Illumination: The sign shall not be illuminated (but may be of the beaded reflector type).
    4. (4)
      Other standards: The sign shall be erected in accordance with applicable State, County, and municipal highway regulations.
  • (e)
    Institutional Sign

    An institutional sign for a use in the Community Service Uses, Educational Uses, or Health Care Uses Principal Use Categories is allowed if it complies with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Number (maximum): one per street the property fronts on (must face street frontage).
    2. (2)
      Area (maximum for each sign): 48 square feet.
    3. (3)
      Height (maximum): eight feet above finished grade at base of sign.
    4. (4)
      Setback (minimum): 15 feet from adjoining land in any Rural and Agricultural or Residential base zone (or land proposed to be used for residential purposes).
    5. (5)
      Type allowed: freestanding or building wall sign.
  • (f)
    Freestanding Gas Station Price Signs
    1. (1)
      Freestanding gas station price signs shall comply with the following standards:
      1. (A)
        If the sign reflects the price of two or fewer fuel products, it shall not exceed 25 square feet in area, except as provided for in Subsection 27-61506(f)(1)(C) below;
      2. (B)
        If the sign reflects the price of three or more fuel products, it shall not exceed 50 square feet in area, except as provided for in Subsection 27-61506(f)(1)(C) below;
      3. (C)
        Any unused freestanding sign area authorized in accordance with Table 27-61505: Standards for Specific Sign Types, may be added to the permissible sign area for gasoline prices;
      4. (D)
        The total combined area of freestanding gas station price and other on-site signs on one support structure shall not exceed 200 square feet in area.
    2. (2)
      Gas station price signs shall be affixed to the same freestanding structure that supports the sign containing other advertising matter for that gas station.
  • (g)
    Digital Billboard

    Except in Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone, Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base and PD zones, and the MU-PD zone, a digital billboard may only be erected in place of a nonconforming billboard in accordance with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Subtitle, a digital billboard shall have a minimum front setback of 10 feet from the property line and a minimum side setback of 5 feet from the property line, and shall be located within 15 feet of the nonconforming billboard that the digital billboard is replacing.
    2. (2)
      A digital billboard shall not be located within 500 feet of an existing outdoor advertising sign or within 1,000 feet of another digital billboard located on and facing the same roadway.
    3. (3)
      A digital billboard shall not be located on a roadway other than a roadway with a transportation functional classification of arterial or higher.
    4. (4)
      A digital billboard shall not be located where it would obstruct a motorist's view of official traffic signs or controls, and approaching or merging traffic.
    5. (5)
      Unless modified in accordance with Subsection (9) below, the height of a digital billboard shall not exceed 45 feet above the finished grade at the base of the digital billboard, or, if oriented toward an abutting elevated street, 45 feet above the pavement of that street at the point on the elevated street nearest the digital billboard.
    6. (6)
      The DPIE Director may increase the maximum height of a digital billboard to the greater of 55 feet above the finished grade at the base of the digital billboard or 50 feet above the pavement of an abutting elevated street at the point on the street nearest the digital billboard, if the DPIE Director finds that:
      1. (A)
        The nonconforming billboard that the digital billboard is replacing is higher than 45 feet;
      2. (B)
        The digital billboard is obstructed from view; or
      3. (C)
        At the time of application for a sign permit, a building permit has been issued for an adjacent property which would cause an obstruction of the proposed digital billboard.
    7. (7)
      The digital display area of a digital billboard shall not exceed 675 square feet.
    8. (8)
      A digital billboard shall not operate at a brightness level of more than 0.3 foot candle above ambient light, as measured using a foot candle meter at the distance from the digital billboard listed in Table 27-61506(g)(8): Distance for Measuring Foot-candles, based on the size of the digital display.
  • Table 27-61506(g)(8): Distance for Measuring Foot-candles
    Digital Display SizeMeasurement Distance from Digital Billboard
    300 sq ft or less150 feet
    Between 300 sq ft and 378 sq ft200 feet
    Between 378 sq ft and 675 sq ft250 feet
    Table 27-61506(g)(8): Distance for Measuring Foot-candles
    Digital Display SizeMeasurement Distance from Digital Billboard
    300 sq ft or less150 feet
    Between 300 sq ft and 378 sq ft200 feet
    Between 378 sq ft and 675 sq ft250 feet
    Table 27-61506(g)(8): Distance for Measuring Foot-candles
    Digital Display SizeMeasurement Distance from Digital Billboard
    300 sq ft or less150 feet
    Between 300 sq ft and 378 sq ft200 feet
    Between 378 sq ft and 675 sq ft250 feet
    Table 27-61506(g)(8): Distance for Measuring Foot-candles
    Digital Display SizeMeasurement Distance from Digital Billboard
    300 sq ft or less150 feet
    Between 300 sq ft and 378 sq ft200 feet
    Between 378 sq ft and 675 sq ft250 feet
    1.  
      1. (9)
        A digital billboard shall have a light-sensing device to adjust the digital display brightness as ambient light conditions change.
      2. (10)
        A digital billboard shall comply with all applicable State and Federal regulations.
      3. (11)
        A parcel occupied solely by a digital billboard is exempt from landscaping and screening requirements in the Landscape Manual; provided, landscaping shall be provided around the base of a digital billboard in accordance with the Landscape Manual.
      4. (12)
        If a digital display is removed from a digital billboard, it may be replaced within a period of one year, during which time the sign owner shall be permitted to operate the sign faces as a traditional, static-type billboard.
      5. (13)
        Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 27-3407, Scheduling of Hearings and Public Notice, at least thirty (30) days before an application is determined complete, the applicant shall send by first class mail an informational mailing to all adjoining property owners including owners whose properties lie directly across a street, alley, or stream; every municipality located within one (1) mile of the applicant’s property; and to all associations registered with the Planning Director for the area which includes the property.
        1. (A)
          At any time after an application is determined complete and accepted for processing, a determination that a person entitled did not receive a required informational mailing may not be the basis for invalidating a final action on the application.
    1. (h)
      Country Inn

      Signs associated with a country inn are allowed, if they comply with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Location: anywhere on the premises.
      2. (2)
        Number (maximum): one for each country inn.
      3. (3)
        Area (maximum): six square feet.
      4. (4)
        Setback (minimum): five feet behind the street line.
      5. (5)
        Illumination: the sign may be illuminated, but no neon, red, scrolling, or flashing device may be used. The illumination shall be confined to the face of the sign and not glare onto residential property or public streets.
    2. (i)
      Sand and Gravel Wet-Processing and Surface Mining

      Signs identifying sand and gravel wet-processing and surface mining shall be placed on the site (whether it is conforming or nonconforming), and shall comply with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Location: all signs shall be conspicuous and legible.
      2. (2)
        Number (maximum):
        1. (A)
          If the property has frontage on one or more improved public streets, there shall be one sign posted for each 1,000 feet (or fraction) of street frontage on each street.
        2. (B)
          If the property does not have frontage on an improved public street, there shall be one sign posted within the right-of-way or easement which provides vehicular access to the property.
      3. (3)
        Area (maximum): not less than 9 or more than 16 square feet.
      4. (4)
        Height: not less than four or more than eight feet above the finished grade of the improved street if it is to be viewed from a public street.
      5. (5)
        General: Each sign shall identify the use as a surface mining or sand and gravel wet-processing operation, the size of the property (in acres), and the name of the owner of the property and operator of the facility. A legal description of the property, including the subdivision name, lot and block numbers, or liber and folio numbers shall be included, as well as instructions for obtaining additional information about the operation.
    3. (j)
      Produce Stand (Farm Products)

      A sign for a produce stand is allowed if it complies with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Location: at least 10 feet behind the street line, and at least 50 feet from the nearest corner of any street intersection.
      2. (2)
        Number (maximum): one per street the produce stand fronts.
      3. (3)
        Area (maximum): 48 square feet.
      4. (4)
        Illumination: any illumination shall be confined to the face of the sign, and shall not create glare onto adjacent property or streets.
    4. (k)
      Home Occupation

      A sign for a home occupation is allowed if it complies with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Location: at least 10 feet behind the street line.
      2. (2)
        Number (maximum): one per street the property fronts on.
      3. (3)
        Area (maximum): Two square feet.
      4. (4)
        Illumination: any illumination shall be of an enclosed lamp design and non-flashing; the sign shall contain no red illumination or scrolling text. Reflector-type signs may be used.
    5. (l)
      Office (Business or Rental) in Multifamily Dwelling

      A sign for a business or rental office in a multifamily development is allowed if it complies with the following standards:

      1. (1)
        Location: attached to the building.
      2. (2)
        Number (maximum): one per dwelling.
      3. (3)
        Area (maximum): four square feet.
    6. (m)

      Outdoor Menu Boards

      1. (1)
        If the entire menu board is not visible from any street, the sign is exempt from this Zoning Ordinance pursuant to Section 27-61506(b)(5).
      2. (2)
        If any part of the menu board is visible from any street, the menu board shall comply with the following standards:
        1. (A)
          Location: on premises of the associated eating or drinking establishment.
        2. (B)
          Number (maximum): two per drive-through aisle.
        3. (C)
          Area (maximum): 40 square feet (per menu board sign).
        4. (D)
          Height (maximum): 7 feet, including mount or base.
        5. (E)
          Orientation: menu boards may not be parallel to the street line.
        6. (F)
          Other than the menu of the associated eating or drinking establishment, no advertisements may be attached to the menu board.​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​​ 

    (CB-068-2022; CB-015-2024) 

    27-61507. Standards for Temporary Signs

  • (a)
    Temporary Use Sign

    Signs for a temporary use in any zone shall comply with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      Location: at least 10 feet behind the street line.
    2. (2)
      Number (maximum): one per street the property fronts, unless modified in the sign permit.
    3. (3)
      Area (maximum): six square feet.
    4. (4)
      Illumination: any illumination shall be confined to the face of the sign and not shine onto adjacent properties or streets.
  • (b)
    Real Estate Sign
    1. (1)
      Temporary real estate signs that are not exempted from the requirement of acquiring a sign permit in accordance with Section 27-61502(c), Exemptions from Sign Permits, are allowed in all base and PD zones, if they comply with the following standards:
      1. (A)
        In the Rural and Agricultural and Residential base zones and the R-PD Zone:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Location: on building or premises advertised.
        2. (ii)
          Number (maximum): one for each property advertised, plus one for each additional street the property fronts (must face additional street frontage).
        3. (iii)
          Area (maximum): 24 square feet; plus 12 square feet for each additional acre advertised above two acres, to a maximum of 100 square feet.
        4. (iv)
          Removal: the sign shall be removed upon sale of the property.
      1. (B)
        In all other base and PD zones:
      1.  
        1. (i)
          Location: on building or premises advertised.
        2. (ii)
          Number (maximum): one for each property advertised, plus one for each additional street the property fronts (must face additional street frontage).
        3. (iii)
          Area (maximum): 120 square feet.
        4. (iv)
          Removal: the sign shall be removed upon sale of the property.
    2. (2)
      A sign permit for a temporary real estate advertising sign shall be valid for only six months. The permit may be renewed for an additional six month periods, for good cause shown, by the DPIE Director.
  • (c)
    Real Estate Directional Sign
    1. (1)
      Temporary real estate directional signs that are not exempted from the requirement of acquiring a sign permit in accordance with Subsection 27-61502(c), Exemptions from Sign Permits, above, are allowed in all base and PD zones, if they comply with the following standards:
      1. (A)
        Location: within four street miles of a project.
      2. (B)
        Number (maximum): four for each project.
      3. (C)
        Area (maximum): 50 square feet.
      4. (D)
        Height (maximum): 15 feet above finished grade at base of sign.
      5. (E)
        Setback (minimum): 15 feet from public street and 150 feet from the nearest curb intersection of any two streets.
      6. (F)
        Removal: The sign(s) shall be removed upon sale of the property.
    2. (2)
      A sign permit for a temporary real estate directional sign shall be valid for six months. The permit may be renewed for additional six month periods, for good cause shown, by the DPIE Director.
  • (d)
    Personal Vehicle Sales and Rentals
    1. (1)
      No temporary sign for a private automobile or other motor vehicle auction shall be placed on the exterior of any fence visible from the public right-of-way, nor shall any flags, banners, pennants, or similar items be mounted, suspended or otherwise displayed for advertising the private automobile or other motor vehicle auction so that they are visible from the public-right-of-way.
    2. (2)
      Any sign permitted in accordance with this Section shall contain the date and time of the auction and include a phone number to call for further information.
  • (e)
    Construction Sign

    Construction signs are allowed in any zone, if they comply with the following standards:

    1. (1)
      In Rural and Agricultural and Residential base zones and the R-PD zone:
      1. (A)
        Location: On building or premises being constructed.
      2. (B)
        Number (maximum): one for each project; plus one for each additional street the property fronts on (must face additional street frontage).
      3. (C)
        Area (maximum): 24 square feet; plus 12 square feet for each additional acre in the project above two acres, to a maximum of 100 square feet.
      4. (D)
        Height (maximum): 12 feet above finished grade at base of sign.
      5. (E)
        Removal: The sign(s) shall be removed within one month of the date construction on the site is completed.
    2. (2)
      In all other base and PD zones:
      1. (A)
        Location: On building or premises being constructed.
      2. (B)
        Number (maximum): one for each project; plus one for each additional street the property fronts on (must face additional street frontage).
      3. (C)
        Area (maximum): 120 square feet.  
      4. (D)
        Height (maximum): 12 feet above finished grade at base of sign.
      5. (E)
        Removal: The sign(s) shall be removed within one month of the date construction on the site is completed.
  • 27-61601. Purpose and Intent

    The purpose of this Section is to ensure development in the County includes a minimum degree of green building features as a means of protecting and conserving resources, supporting a healthy lifestyle for citizens, reducing greenhouse gas emissions, and ensuring a high quality of life for County residents. Specifically, this Section is intended to ensure development practices:

    1. (a)
      Support walkable areas in appropriate places;
    2. (b)
      Support multiple modes of mobility;
    3. (c)
      Conserve energy;
    4. (d)
      Promote the use of alternative energy;
    5. (e)
      Conserve water resources;
    6. (f)
      Protect water quality;
    7. (g)
      Promote a healthy landscape;
    8. (h)
    9. (i)
      Encourage innovation in green building practices;
    10. (j)
      Reduce landfill wastes; and
    11. (k)
      Promote healthy and safe lifestyles.

    27-61602. Exemptions

    In addition to the exemptions specified in Section 27-6103, General Exemptions, the following development is exempt from the standards of this Section:

    1. (1)
      New residential development that contains less than 10 dwelling units;
    2. (2)
      New non-residential development with a gross floor area of less than 25,000 square feet;
    3. (3)
      New buildings that have achieved requirements necessary to receive certification from the U.S. Green Building Council at the LEED® gold level or above or an equivalent level of sustainable development performance under an alternative rating system such as the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code, as determined by the Planning Director;
    4. (4)
      Expansion of vehicular parking lots where it is the only development or redevelopment occurring; and
    5. (5)
      Changes or addition of landscaping where it is the only development or redevelopment occurring.

    27-61603. Green Building Standards

  • (a)
    Minimum Amount of Points Required

    Development subject to the standards of this Section shall achieve the following minimum number of points from the menu of options shown in Table 27-61603(b): Green Building Point System.

    1. (1)
      Minimum Requirements for Residential Development
      1. (A)
        10 to 25 units: 3 points.
      2. (B)
        25 or more units: 4 points.
    2. (2)
      Minimum Requirements for Non-Residential Development
      1. (A)
        25,000 to 75,000 square feet: 3 points.
      2. (B)
        More than 75,000 square feet: 4 points.
  • (b)
    Green Building Point System

    Development subject to the standards of this Section shall use Table 27-61603(b): Green Building Point System, to determine compliance with this Section.

  • Table 27-61603(b): Green Building Point System
     Points Earned
    Location of Development and Redevelopment/Adaptive Reuse
    Development in a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base zone1.50
    Development on previously used or developed land that is contaminated with waste or pollution (brownfield site)1.00
    Development as a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development (PD) zone1.25
    Redevelopment of an existing parcel within a Neighborhood Reinvestment Area as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan, a designated Priority Funding Area, or an area targeted for reinvestment by the Federal, State, or County government1.00
    Adaptive reuse of a designated historic site1.00
    Preservation of a designated historic site1.00
    Energy Conservation
    Meet ASHRAE standards for lighting (1) 0.75
    Meet Energy Star standards for low-rise residential or exceed ASHRAE efficiency standards by 15 percent(2)1.00
    Home energy rating system (HERS) index greater than 60 and less than or equal to 750.50
    HERS index greater than 40 and less than or equal to 600.75
    HERS index greater than 20 and less than or equal to 401.00
    HERS index less than or equal to 201.50
    Stated water heater efficiency between 0.675 to 0.820.75
    Stated water heater efficiency of 0.82 or more1.25
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 14 SEER is included as standard0.75
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 16 SEER is included as standard1.25
    Install a cool roof on a minimum of 50% of the single-family dwellings in the development or subdivision. The cool roof shall cover the entire roof of the dwelling1.50
    Provide skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15% of the habitable rooms in the structure0.50
    Use central air conditioners that are Energy Star-qualified0.50
    Use only solar or tank-less water heating systems throughout the structure0.50
    Alternative Energy
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 50% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)2.00
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 25% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 75% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 50% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels0.50
    Pre-wire a minimum of 25% of residential dwelling units for solar panels0.25
    Install solar panels on a minimum of 25% of dwelling units contained in single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings0.50
    Install solar panels on primary structure, or at least 50% of buildings in a multi-building complex0.75
    Install small-scale wind energy conversion systems to provide electricity for 25% of single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings in development1.00
    LEED Certification
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Bronze certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code0.75
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Silver certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code1.00
    Passive Solar
    Orient a minimum of 50% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of the east-west axis for maximum passive solar exposure1.50
    Orient a minimum of 25% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of east-west for maximum passive solar exposure0.75
    Orient at least 25% of the non-residential buildings with an axis oriented east-west for maximum solar exposure1.00
    Water Conservation and Water Quality
    Design all areas required to be landscaped in accordance with this Ordinance and the Landscape Manual as an integrated system to meet on-site stormwater quality requirements for the lot through incorporation of environmental site design principles and use of best management practices for on-site stormwater management. These areas shall use vegetated pervious surfaces or other measures such as permeable pavements to infiltrate the capture of water volume on-site. Piped connections from roofs and downspouts and other impervious areas to storm drains are prohibited. Piped conveyances on lots must discharge to pervious areas.2.00
    The use of environmental site design, including but not limited to grass buffers and swales, bioretention (rain garden or porous landscape detention, sand filters, and permeable pavement systems), to meet stormwater managements requirements of the County Code1.00
    Install a green vegetated roof on the primary structure, or on at least 50% of primary buildings in a multi-building complex – green or vegetated roofs shall include vegetation on at least 50% of the roof area (25% for renovated buildings) and shall use only plant materials permitted by the landscaping standards in the Landscape Manual2.00
    All showerheads and handheld showers are 2.0 GPM or less0.50
    All lavatory faucets flow rate is 1.5 GPM or less at 60 PSI0.50
    All toilets are 1.28 GPF or less0.50
    All toilets have dual activated flushing1.00
    Include rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins for residential development with a minimum storage capacity of 500 gallons for every two residential units0.50
    Provide rain gardens or other appropriate stormwater infiltration system(s) that accommodate a minimum of 25% of the runoff1.00
    Incorporation of greywater reuse systems0.50
    Reduction of existing impervious surfaces by at least 50 percent of the existing paved surface area on the site.1.00
    Vegetation
    Retain at least 20% of existing pre-development natural vegetation0.75
    Remove all lawn or turf in favor of ground cover consisting of plant material or mulch0.75
    Limit turf grass to 40% of the landscaped area.0.25
    Urban Agriculture
    Provide a fenced, centrally located community garden space (which may be located as a rooftop garden) for residents and for urban gardening purposes at a minimum ratio of 50 square feet per dwelling unit1.00
    Provide a minimum of one on-site composting station for every 25 units0.25
    Building Materials
    Source a minimum of 20%, by cost, of construction materials from recycled products or products manufactured, extracted, harvested, or recovered with 250 miles of the site1.50
    Transportation
    Provide a minimum of 5% of required automobile parking spaces that are signed and reserved for carpool/vanpool/hybrid/electric/low-energy vehicles in preferred locations near the primary building entrance0.25
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 2 charging station that is made available to those using the building0.75
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 3 charging station that is made available to those using the building1.00
    Include showering and dressing facilities in nonresidential developments for employees walking or bicycling to work0.75
    Provide a covered and secure bicycle parking room that protects parked bicycles from the elements and from theft1.00
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Standard for the Design of High-Performance Green Buildings, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2014, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    2. (2)
      Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2016, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    Table 27-61603(b): Green Building Point System
     Points Earned
    Location of Development and Redevelopment/Adaptive Reuse
    Development in a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base zone1.50
    Development on previously used or developed land that is contaminated with waste or pollution (brownfield site)1.00
    Development as a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development (PD) zone1.25
    Redevelopment of an existing parcel within a Neighborhood Reinvestment Area as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan, a designated Priority Funding Area, or an area targeted for reinvestment by the Federal, State, or County government1.00
    Adaptive reuse of a designated historic site1.00
    Preservation of a designated historic site1.00
    Energy Conservation
    Meet ASHRAE standards for lighting (1) 0.75
    Meet Energy Star standards for low-rise residential or exceed ASHRAE efficiency standards by 15 percent(2)1.00
    Home energy rating system (HERS) index greater than 60 and less than or equal to 750.50
    HERS index greater than 40 and less than or equal to 600.75
    HERS index greater than 20 and less than or equal to 401.00
    HERS index less than or equal to 201.50
    Stated water heater efficiency between 0.675 to 0.820.75
    Stated water heater efficiency of 0.82 or more1.25
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 14 SEER is included as standard0.75
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 16 SEER is included as standard1.25
    Install a cool roof on a minimum of 50% of the single-family dwellings in the development or subdivision. The cool roof shall cover the entire roof of the dwelling1.50
    Provide skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15% of the habitable rooms in the structure0.50
    Use central air conditioners that are Energy Star-qualified0.50
    Use only solar or tank-less water heating systems throughout the structure0.50
    Alternative Energy
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 50% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)2.00
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 25% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 75% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 50% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels0.50
    Pre-wire a minimum of 25% of residential dwelling units for solar panels0.25
    Install solar panels on a minimum of 25% of dwelling units contained in single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings0.50
    Install solar panels on primary structure, or at least 50% of buildings in a multi-building complex0.75
    Install small-scale wind energy conversion systems to provide electricity for 25% of single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings in development1.00
    LEED Certification
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Bronze certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code0.75
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Silver certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code1.00
    Passive Solar
    Orient a minimum of 50% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of the east-west axis for maximum passive solar exposure1.50
    Orient a minimum of 25% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of east-west for maximum passive solar exposure0.75
    Orient at least 25% of the non-residential buildings with an axis oriented east-west for maximum solar exposure1.00
    Water Conservation and Water Quality
    Design all areas required to be landscaped in accordance with this Ordinance and the Landscape Manual as an integrated system to meet on-site stormwater quality requirements for the lot through incorporation of environmental site design principles and use of best management practices for on-site stormwater management. These areas shall use vegetated pervious surfaces or other measures such as permeable pavements to infiltrate the capture of water volume on-site. Piped connections from roofs and downspouts and other impervious areas to storm drains are prohibited. Piped conveyances on lots must discharge to pervious areas.2.00
    The use of environmental site design, including but not limited to grass buffers and swales, bioretention (rain garden or porous landscape detention, sand filters, and permeable pavement systems), to meet stormwater managements requirements of the County Code1.00
    Install a green vegetated roof on the primary structure, or on at least 50% of primary buildings in a multi-building complex – green or vegetated roofs shall include vegetation on at least 50% of the roof area (25% for renovated buildings) and shall use only plant materials permitted by the landscaping standards in the Landscape Manual2.00
    All showerheads and handheld showers are 2.0 GPM or less0.50
    All lavatory faucets flow rate is 1.5 GPM or less at 60 PSI0.50
    All toilets are 1.28 GPF or less0.50
    All toilets have dual activated flushing1.00
    Include rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins for residential development with a minimum storage capacity of 500 gallons for every two residential units0.50
    Provide rain gardens or other appropriate stormwater infiltration system(s) that accommodate a minimum of 25% of the runoff1.00
    Incorporation of greywater reuse systems0.50
    Reduction of existing impervious surfaces by at least 50 percent of the existing paved surface area on the site.1.00
    Vegetation
    Retain at least 20% of existing pre-development natural vegetation0.75
    Remove all lawn or turf in favor of ground cover consisting of plant material or mulch0.75
    Limit turf grass to 40% of the landscaped area.0.25
    Urban Agriculture
    Provide a fenced, centrally located community garden space (which may be located as a rooftop garden) for residents and for urban gardening purposes at a minimum ratio of 50 square feet per dwelling unit1.00
    Provide a minimum of one on-site composting station for every 25 units0.25
    Building Materials
    Source a minimum of 20%, by cost, of construction materials from recycled products or products manufactured, extracted, harvested, or recovered with 250 miles of the site1.50
    Transportation
    Provide a minimum of 5% of required automobile parking spaces that are signed and reserved for carpool/vanpool/hybrid/electric/low-energy vehicles in preferred locations near the primary building entrance0.25
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 2 charging station that is made available to those using the building0.75
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 3 charging station that is made available to those using the building1.00
    Include showering and dressing facilities in nonresidential developments for employees walking or bicycling to work0.75
    Provide a covered and secure bicycle parking room that protects parked bicycles from the elements and from theft1.00
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Standard for the Design of High-Performance Green Buildings, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2014, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    2. (2)
      Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2016, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    Table 27-61603(b): Green Building Point System
     Points Earned
    Location of Development and Redevelopment/Adaptive Reuse
    Development in a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base zone1.50
    Development on previously used or developed land that is contaminated with waste or pollution (brownfield site)1.00
    Development as a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development (PD) zone1.25
    Redevelopment of an existing parcel within a Neighborhood Reinvestment Area as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan, a designated Priority Funding Area, or an area targeted for reinvestment by the Federal, State, or County government1.00
    Adaptive reuse of a designated historic site1.00
    Preservation of a designated historic site1.00
    Energy Conservation
    Meet ASHRAE standards for lighting (1) 0.75
    Meet Energy Star standards for low-rise residential or exceed ASHRAE efficiency standards by 15 percent(2)1.00
    Home energy rating system (HERS) index greater than 60 and less than or equal to 750.50
    HERS index greater than 40 and less than or equal to 600.75
    HERS index greater than 20 and less than or equal to 401.00
    HERS index less than or equal to 201.50
    Stated water heater efficiency between 0.675 to 0.820.75
    Stated water heater efficiency of 0.82 or more1.25
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 14 SEER is included as standard0.75
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 16 SEER is included as standard1.25
    Install a cool roof on a minimum of 50% of the single-family dwellings in the development or subdivision. The cool roof shall cover the entire roof of the dwelling1.50
    Provide skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15% of the habitable rooms in the structure0.50
    Use central air conditioners that are Energy Star-qualified0.50
    Use only solar or tank-less water heating systems throughout the structure0.50
    Alternative Energy
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 50% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)2.00
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 25% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 75% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 50% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels0.50
    Pre-wire a minimum of 25% of residential dwelling units for solar panels0.25
    Install solar panels on a minimum of 25% of dwelling units contained in single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings0.50
    Install solar panels on primary structure, or at least 50% of buildings in a multi-building complex0.75
    Install small-scale wind energy conversion systems to provide electricity for 25% of single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings in development1.00
    LEED Certification
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Bronze certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code0.75
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Silver certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code1.00
    Passive Solar
    Orient a minimum of 50% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of the east-west axis for maximum passive solar exposure1.50
    Orient a minimum of 25% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of east-west for maximum passive solar exposure0.75
    Orient at least 25% of the non-residential buildings with an axis oriented east-west for maximum solar exposure1.00
    Water Conservation and Water Quality
    Design all areas required to be landscaped in accordance with this Ordinance and the Landscape Manual as an integrated system to meet on-site stormwater quality requirements for the lot through incorporation of environmental site design principles and use of best management practices for on-site stormwater management. These areas shall use vegetated pervious surfaces or other measures such as permeable pavements to infiltrate the capture of water volume on-site. Piped connections from roofs and downspouts and other impervious areas to storm drains are prohibited. Piped conveyances on lots must discharge to pervious areas.2.00
    The use of environmental site design, including but not limited to grass buffers and swales, bioretention (rain garden or porous landscape detention, sand filters, and permeable pavement systems), to meet stormwater managements requirements of the County Code1.00
    Install a green vegetated roof on the primary structure, or on at least 50% of primary buildings in a multi-building complex – green or vegetated roofs shall include vegetation on at least 50% of the roof area (25% for renovated buildings) and shall use only plant materials permitted by the landscaping standards in the Landscape Manual2.00
    All showerheads and handheld showers are 2.0 GPM or less0.50
    All lavatory faucets flow rate is 1.5 GPM or less at 60 PSI0.50
    All toilets are 1.28 GPF or less0.50
    All toilets have dual activated flushing1.00
    Include rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins for residential development with a minimum storage capacity of 500 gallons for every two residential units0.50
    Provide rain gardens or other appropriate stormwater infiltration system(s) that accommodate a minimum of 25% of the runoff1.00
    Incorporation of greywater reuse systems0.50
    Reduction of existing impervious surfaces by at least 50 percent of the existing paved surface area on the site.1.00
    Vegetation
    Retain at least 20% of existing pre-development natural vegetation0.75
    Remove all lawn or turf in favor of ground cover consisting of plant material or mulch0.75
    Limit turf grass to 40% of the landscaped area.0.25
    Urban Agriculture
    Provide a fenced, centrally located community garden space (which may be located as a rooftop garden) for residents and for urban gardening purposes at a minimum ratio of 50 square feet per dwelling unit1.00
    Provide a minimum of one on-site composting station for every 25 units0.25
    Building Materials
    Source a minimum of 20%, by cost, of construction materials from recycled products or products manufactured, extracted, harvested, or recovered with 250 miles of the site1.50
    Transportation
    Provide a minimum of 5% of required automobile parking spaces that are signed and reserved for carpool/vanpool/hybrid/electric/low-energy vehicles in preferred locations near the primary building entrance0.25
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 2 charging station that is made available to those using the building0.75
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 3 charging station that is made available to those using the building1.00
    Include showering and dressing facilities in nonresidential developments for employees walking or bicycling to work0.75
    Provide a covered and secure bicycle parking room that protects parked bicycles from the elements and from theft1.00
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Standard for the Design of High-Performance Green Buildings, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2014, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    2. (2)
      Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2016, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    Table 27-61603(b): Green Building Point System
     Points Earned
    Location of Development and Redevelopment/Adaptive Reuse
    Development in a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center base zone1.50
    Development on previously used or developed land that is contaminated with waste or pollution (brownfield site)1.00
    Development as a Transit-Oriented/Activity Center Planned Development (PD) zone1.25
    Redevelopment of an existing parcel within a Neighborhood Reinvestment Area as designated on the Strategic Investment Map in the General Plan, a designated Priority Funding Area, or an area targeted for reinvestment by the Federal, State, or County government1.00
    Adaptive reuse of a designated historic site1.00
    Preservation of a designated historic site1.00
    Energy Conservation
    Meet ASHRAE standards for lighting (1) 0.75
    Meet Energy Star standards for low-rise residential or exceed ASHRAE efficiency standards by 15 percent(2)1.00
    Home energy rating system (HERS) index greater than 60 and less than or equal to 750.50
    HERS index greater than 40 and less than or equal to 600.75
    HERS index greater than 20 and less than or equal to 401.00
    HERS index less than or equal to 201.50
    Stated water heater efficiency between 0.675 to 0.820.75
    Stated water heater efficiency of 0.82 or more1.25
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 14 SEER is included as standard0.75
    Air conditioner with stated efficiency greater than 16 SEER is included as standard1.25
    Install a cool roof on a minimum of 50% of the single-family dwellings in the development or subdivision. The cool roof shall cover the entire roof of the dwelling1.50
    Provide skylights in an amount necessary to ensure natural lighting is provided to at least 15% of the habitable rooms in the structure0.50
    Use central air conditioners that are Energy Star-qualified0.50
    Use only solar or tank-less water heating systems throughout the structure0.50
    Alternative Energy
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 50% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)2.00
    Generate or acquire a minimum of 25% of the electricity needed by the development from alternative energy sources (e.g., solar, wind, geothermal)1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 75% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels1.00
    Pre-wire a minimum of 50% of residential dwelling units in the development for solar panels0.50
    Pre-wire a minimum of 25% of residential dwelling units for solar panels0.25
    Install solar panels on a minimum of 25% of dwelling units contained in single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings0.50
    Install solar panels on primary structure, or at least 50% of buildings in a multi-building complex0.75
    Install small-scale wind energy conversion systems to provide electricity for 25% of single-family, two-family, or townhouse dwellings in development1.00
    LEED Certification
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Bronze certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code0.75
    Construct the principal building(s) to meet or exceed LEED® Silver certification or equivalent standards of the National Green Building Standard™/NGBS Green or the International Code Council’s International Green Construction Code1.00
    Passive Solar
    Orient a minimum of 50% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of the east-west axis for maximum passive solar exposure1.50
    Orient a minimum of 25% of the single-family detached dwellings or lots in the development within 20% of east-west for maximum passive solar exposure0.75
    Orient at least 25% of the non-residential buildings with an axis oriented east-west for maximum solar exposure1.00
    Water Conservation and Water Quality
    Design all areas required to be landscaped in accordance with this Ordinance and the Landscape Manual as an integrated system to meet on-site stormwater quality requirements for the lot through incorporation of environmental site design principles and use of best management practices for on-site stormwater management. These areas shall use vegetated pervious surfaces or other measures such as permeable pavements to infiltrate the capture of water volume on-site. Piped connections from roofs and downspouts and other impervious areas to storm drains are prohibited. Piped conveyances on lots must discharge to pervious areas.2.00
    The use of environmental site design, including but not limited to grass buffers and swales, bioretention (rain garden or porous landscape detention, sand filters, and permeable pavement systems), to meet stormwater managements requirements of the County Code1.00
    Install a green vegetated roof on the primary structure, or on at least 50% of primary buildings in a multi-building complex – green or vegetated roofs shall include vegetation on at least 50% of the roof area (25% for renovated buildings) and shall use only plant materials permitted by the landscaping standards in the Landscape Manual2.00
    All showerheads and handheld showers are 2.0 GPM or less0.50
    All lavatory faucets flow rate is 1.5 GPM or less at 60 PSI0.50
    All toilets are 1.28 GPF or less0.50
    All toilets have dual activated flushing1.00
    Include rainwater capture and re-use devices such as cisterns, rain filters, and underground storage basins for residential development with a minimum storage capacity of 500 gallons for every two residential units0.50
    Provide rain gardens or other appropriate stormwater infiltration system(s) that accommodate a minimum of 25% of the runoff1.00
    Incorporation of greywater reuse systems0.50
    Reduction of existing impervious surfaces by at least 50 percent of the existing paved surface area on the site.1.00
    Vegetation
    Retain at least 20% of existing pre-development natural vegetation0.75
    Remove all lawn or turf in favor of ground cover consisting of plant material or mulch0.75
    Limit turf grass to 40% of the landscaped area.0.25
    Urban Agriculture
    Provide a fenced, centrally located community garden space (which may be located as a rooftop garden) for residents and for urban gardening purposes at a minimum ratio of 50 square feet per dwelling unit1.00
    Provide a minimum of one on-site composting station for every 25 units0.25
    Building Materials
    Source a minimum of 20%, by cost, of construction materials from recycled products or products manufactured, extracted, harvested, or recovered with 250 miles of the site1.50
    Transportation
    Provide a minimum of 5% of required automobile parking spaces that are signed and reserved for carpool/vanpool/hybrid/electric/low-energy vehicles in preferred locations near the primary building entrance0.25
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 2 charging station that is made available to those using the building0.75
    Provide an electric vehicle (EV) level 3 charging station that is made available to those using the building1.00
    Include showering and dressing facilities in nonresidential developments for employees walking or bicycling to work0.75
    Provide a covered and secure bicycle parking room that protects parked bicycles from the elements and from theft1.00
     NOTES:
    1. (1)
      Standard for the Design of High-Performance Green Buildings, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2014, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    2. (2)
      Energy Standard for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential, American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Condition Engineers, 2016, as amended, or other appropriate ASHRAE standards, as amended.
    1. (c)
      Documentation Required

      Applicants shall provide documentation of techniques that will be used to satisfy the green building standards of this Section at the time of submittal of a development application.

    (CB-015-2024; CB-041-2025) 

    27-61604. Failure to Install or Maintain Green Building Elements

    Failure to install or maintain approved green building elements that are to be provided to comply with this Section is a violation of this Ordinance, and may result in revocation of the development approval or permit in accordance with PART 27-8, Enforcement.